]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Merge from origin/emacs-24
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21710 32133 703297 588000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21710 32133
69 ;;;;;; 713297 640000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21710 32133
89 ;;;;;; 713297 640000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21710 32133
100 ;;;;;; 714297 645000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21710 32133 814298
112 ;;;;;; 165000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21710 32133
242 ;;;;;; 447296 257000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21710 32133 376295 888000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21710 32133 379295 903000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21710
841 ;;;;;; 32133 377295 893000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21710 32133 627297
900 ;;;;;; 192000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21710 32133 704297
922 ;;;;;; 593000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21710 32133 379295
955 ;;;;;; 903000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21710
982 ;;;;;; 32133 715297 650000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21710 32133 399296
1019 ;;;;;; 7000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21710 32133 380295
1041 ;;;;;; 908000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21710 32133 380295
1157 ;;;;;; 908000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21710 32133 381295 913000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21710 32133
1249 ;;;;;; 788298 29000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21710 32133
1456 ;;;;;; 715297 650000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21710
1484 ;;;;;; 32133 514296 605000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21710 32133 381295
1497 ;;;;;; 913000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21710 32133
1558 ;;;;;; 715297 650000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21710 32133 381295
1569 ;;;;;; 913000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21710
1608 ;;;;;; 32133 448296 262000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1616
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1630
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1639
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1648
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1654
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1656
1657 ;;;***
1658 \f
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21710 32133 381295
1660 ;;;;;; 913000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1662
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1672
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1676
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1684
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1686
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1702
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1704
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1712
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1714
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1721
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1723
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1743
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1745
1746 ;;;***
1747 \f
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21710 32133 381295 913000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21710 32133
1787 ;;;;;; 715297 650000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21710 32133 382295
1806 ;;;;;; 919000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1816
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1836
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21710
1842 ;;;;;; 32133 448296 262000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875
1876 ;;;***
1877 \f
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21710 32133
1879 ;;;;;; 790298 40000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916
1917
1918 Special information:
1919
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1948
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967
1968 ;;;***
1969 \f
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 788298 29000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1978
1979 ;;;***
1980 \f
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21710 32133 599297
1982 ;;;;;; 47000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003
2004 ;;;***
2005 \f
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21710 32133
2007 ;;;;;; 704297 593000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013
2014 What is blackbox?
2015
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2022
2023 Overview of play:
2024
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2028
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2031
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044
2045 Details:
2046
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2064
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2072
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2075
2076 1
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 2 3
2086
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089
2090
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2107
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2121
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123
2124 ;;;***
2125 \f
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21710 32133 383295
2127 ;;;;;; 924000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2132
2133 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2140
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2144
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 recent one.
2151
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2155
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2161
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2165
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2167
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 this.
2174
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2179
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2182
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2186
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2191
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2193
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2196
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2200
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2202
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2205
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2208
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2210
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2212
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2217
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2221
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 name.
2225
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2227
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2231
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 this.
2236
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2238
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2241
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2248
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2250
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2253
2254 \(fn)" t nil)
2255
2256 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2257
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2262 \(second argument).
2263
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2269
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2274
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2282 while loading.
2283
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2289 explicitly.
2290
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2294
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2296
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2302
2303 \(fn)" t nil)
2304
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2311
2312 \(fn)" t nil)
2313
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2315
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2317
2318 ;;;***
2319 \f
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21710 32384
2321 ;;;;;; 457601 257000))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2351
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2367 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2370
2371 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2375 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2376 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2377
2378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2382 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2383 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2384 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2385 to use.
2386
2387 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2390 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2391 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2392 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2393
2394 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2400
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2407 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2408 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2409
2410 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2411 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2418 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2419
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2422 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2423 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424
2425 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2426 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2427 new tab in an existing window instead.
2428
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2437 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2438 Firefox.
2439
2440 When called interactively, if variable
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2442 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2443 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445
2446 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2449
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2451 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452
2453 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2454 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2455 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2456 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2457 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2458 URL in a new window.
2459
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2465 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2466 Chromium.
2467
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2473 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2474
2475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2476 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2477 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2478 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479
2480 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2481 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2482 new tab in an existing window instead.
2483
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2491
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2497 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2498
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2501 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2502 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2510 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2511
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2514 program is invoked according to the variable
2515 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2516
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2519 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2520 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2530
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2534
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2544
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2547 Default to the URL around or before point.
2548
2549 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2550 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2551 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552
2553 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2554 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2560 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2561 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2562
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2570 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2571
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2573
2574 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2575 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2576 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2577 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2578 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2579
2580 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2581 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2582 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2583 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584
2585 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2586 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587
2588 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2589
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2591 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2592 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2593 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2594 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2595 current one.
2596
2597 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2598 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2599 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2600 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601
2602 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2603 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2610 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2611 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2612 don't offer a form of remote control.
2613
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2615
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point.
2619
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around the point.
2625
2626 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2627 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2628
2629 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2630 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2631
2632 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633
2634 ;;;***
2635 \f
2636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21710 32133 383295 924000))
2637 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2638 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2639
2640 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2641 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2642 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2643 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2644
2645 \(fn)" t nil)
2646
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2648 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2651
2652 \(fn)" t nil)
2653
2654 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2655 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2656
2657 \(fn)" t nil)
2658
2659 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2660 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2661 \\<bs-mode-map>
2662 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2663 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2664 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2665 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2666
2667 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2668 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2669 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2670 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2671 name of buffer configuration.
2672
2673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2674
2675 ;;;***
2676 \f
2677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21710 32133 704297
2678 ;;;;;; 593000))
2679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2680
2681 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2682 Play Bubbles game.
2683 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2684 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2685 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2686 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2687 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2688 columns on its right towards the left.
2689
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2694
2695 \(fn)" t nil)
2696
2697 ;;;***
2698 \f
2699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2700 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 715297 650000))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2702
2703 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2704
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2710
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2712
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2715
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2717
2718 ;;;***
2719 \f
2720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21710
2721 ;;;;;; 32133 451296 277000))
2722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2723 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2726
2727 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2728
2729 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2730 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2731 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2732 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2733 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2734 else the global value will be modified.
2735
2736 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2737
2738 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2739 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2740 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2741 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2742 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2743 else the global value will be modified.
2744
2745 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2746
2747 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2748 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2749 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2750
2751 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2752
2753 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2754 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2755 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2756 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2757
2758 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2759 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2760 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2761 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2762 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2763 before scanning it.
2764
2765 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2766 that already has a `.elc' file.
2767
2768 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2769 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2770
2771 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2772 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2773 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2774 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2775 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2776 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2777
2778 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2779
2780 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2781 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2782 Print the result in the echo area.
2783 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2784
2785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2786
2787 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2788 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2789 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2790
2791 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2792
2793 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2794 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2795 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2796 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2797 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2798 all functions called by those functions.
2799
2800 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2801 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2802 cons, etc.).
2803
2804 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2805 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2806 invoked interactively.
2807
2808 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2809
2810 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2811 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2812 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2813 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2814
2815 \(fn)" nil nil)
2816
2817 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2818 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2819 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2820 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2821 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2822 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2823 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2824 already up-to-date.
2825
2826 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2827
2828 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2829 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2830 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2831 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2832
2833 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2834 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2835 and corresponding effects.
2836
2837 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2838
2839 ;;;***
2840 \f
2841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21710
2842 ;;;;;; 32133 399296 7000))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2844
2845 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846
2847 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2848
2849 ;;;***
2850 \f
2851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21710 32133
2852 ;;;;;; 400296 12000))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2854
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2856
2857 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2858
2859 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2860
2861 ;;;***
2862 \f
2863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21710
2864 ;;;;;; 32133 400296 12000))
2865 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2866
2867 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2868 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2869 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2870 from the cursor position.
2871
2872 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2873
2874 ;;;***
2875 \f
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21710 32133 396295 992000))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2878 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2879
2880 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2881 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2882
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2884
2885 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2886 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2887
2888 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2889
2890 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2891 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2892
2893 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2894
2895 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2896 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2897 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2898 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2899
2900 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2901
2902 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2903 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2904 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2905 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2906
2907 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2908
2909 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2910 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2911 This is most useful in the X window system.
2912 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2913 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2914
2915 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2916
2917 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2918 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2919 See calc-keypad for details.
2920
2921 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2922
2923 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2924 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2925
2926 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2927
2928 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2929 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2930
2931 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2932
2933 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2934 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2935
2936 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2937
2938 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2939 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2940 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2941
2942 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2943
2944 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2945 Define Calc function.
2946
2947 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2948 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2949 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2950
2951 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2952 actual Lisp function name.
2953
2954 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2955
2956 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2957
2958 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2959
2960 ;;;***
2961 \f
2962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21710 32133
2963 ;;;;;; 394295 981000))
2964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2965
2966 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2967
2968
2969 \(fn N)" t nil)
2970
2971 ;;;***
2972 \f
2973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21710 32133 399296
2974 ;;;;;; 7000))
2975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2976
2977 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2978 Run the Emacs calculator.
2979 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2980
2981 \(fn)" t nil)
2982
2983 ;;;***
2984 \f
2985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21710 32133
2986 ;;;;;; 403296 28000))
2987 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2988
2989 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2990 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2991 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2992 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2993 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2994 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2995
2996 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2997 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2998 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2999 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3000 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3001 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3002 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3003 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3004 window.
3005
3006 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3007 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3008
3009 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3010 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3011 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3012 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3013 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3014 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3015
3016 Runs the following hooks:
3017
3018 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3019 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3020 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3021 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3022
3023 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3024
3025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3026
3027 ;;;***
3028 \f
3029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21710 32133 514296
3030 ;;;;;; 605000))
3031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3032
3033 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3034 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3035
3036 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3037
3038 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3039 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3040 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3041 it fails.
3042
3043 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3044
3045 ;;;***
3046 \f
3047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21710
3048 ;;;;;; 32133 721297 681000))
3049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3050
3051 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3052 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3053
3054 \(fn)" nil nil)
3055
3056 ;;;***
3057 \f
3058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21710 32133
3059 ;;;;;; 722297 686000))
3060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3061
3062 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3063 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3064
3065 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3066 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3067
3068 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3069 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3070
3071 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3072
3073 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3074 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3075 made from scratch.
3076
3077 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3078
3079 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3080 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3081
3082 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3083 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3084 made from scratch.
3085
3086 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3087
3088 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3089 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3090
3091 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3092
3093 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3094 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3095 made from scratch.
3096
3097 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3098
3099 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3100 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3101
3102 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3103 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3104 made from scratch.
3105
3106 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3107
3108 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3109 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3110
3111 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3112
3113 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3114 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3115 made from scratch.
3116
3117 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3118
3119 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3120 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3121
3122 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3123 variables are guessed:
3124
3125 * `c-basic-offset', and
3126 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3127 `c-offsets-alist'.
3128
3129 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3130 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3131
3132 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3133 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3134
3135 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3136 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3137 guess is made from scratch.
3138
3139 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3140 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3141
3142 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3145 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3146 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3147 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3148
3149 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3150 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3151 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3152
3153 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3154
3155 ;;;***
3156 \f
3157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21710 32133
3158 ;;;;;; 724297 697000))
3159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3160
3161 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3162 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3163 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3164 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3165 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3166 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3167 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3168
3169 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3171 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3172 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3173 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3174 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3175 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3176 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3177 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3178
3179 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3180 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3181 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3182 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3183 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3184 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3185
3186 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3187
3188 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3189 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3190
3191 Key bindings:
3192 \\{c-mode-map}
3193
3194 \(fn)" t nil)
3195
3196 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3197 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3198 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3199 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3200 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3201 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3202 message.
3203
3204 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3205
3206 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3207 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3208
3209 Key bindings:
3210 \\{c++-mode-map}
3211
3212 \(fn)" t nil)
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3214
3215 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3216 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3217 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3218 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3219 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3220 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3221 message.
3222
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3224
3225 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3226 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3227
3228 Key bindings:
3229 \\{objc-mode-map}
3230
3231 \(fn)" t nil)
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3233
3234 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3235 Major mode for editing Java code.
3236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3237 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3238 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3239 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3240 message.
3241
3242 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3243
3244 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3245 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3246
3247 Key bindings:
3248 \\{java-mode-map}
3249
3250 \(fn)" t nil)
3251 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3252
3253 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3254 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3255 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3256 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3257 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3259 message.
3260
3261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3262
3263 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3264 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3265
3266 Key bindings:
3267 \\{idl-mode-map}
3268
3269 \(fn)" t nil)
3270 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3271 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3272
3273 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3274 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3275 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3276 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3277 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3278 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3279 message.
3280
3281 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3282
3283 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3284 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3285
3286 Key bindings:
3287 \\{pike-mode-map}
3288
3289 \(fn)" t nil)
3290 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3291 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3292 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3293 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3294 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3295
3296 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3297 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3298 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3299 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3300 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3301 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3302
3303 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3304
3305 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3306 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3307
3308 Key bindings:
3309 \\{awk-mode-map}
3310
3311 \(fn)" t nil)
3312
3313 ;;;***
3314 \f
3315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21710
3316 ;;;;;; 32133 724297 697000))
3317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3318
3319 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3320 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3321 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3322 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3323
3324 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3325
3326 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3327 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3328 might get set too.
3329
3330 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3331 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3332 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3333 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3334 in this way.
3335
3336 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3337 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3338 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3339 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3340 a null operation.
3341
3342 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3343
3344 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3345 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3346 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3347 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3348
3349 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3350
3351 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3352 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3353 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3354
3355 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3356
3357 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3358 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3359 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3360 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3361 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3362
3363 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3364
3365 ;;;***
3366 \f
3367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21710 32133
3368 ;;;;;; 725297 702000))
3369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3370 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3371 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3372 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3373
3374 ;;;***
3375 \f
3376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21710 32133 564296
3377 ;;;;;; 865000))
3378 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3379
3380 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3381 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3382
3383 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3384
3385 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3386 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3387
3388 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3389
3390 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3391 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3392
3393 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3394 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3395 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3396 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3397 execution.
3398
3399 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3400
3401 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3402
3403 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3404 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3405
3406 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3407 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3408 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3409 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3410
3411 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3412 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3413 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3414 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3415 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3416 `write' commands.
3417
3418 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3419 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3420 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3421 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3422
3423 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3424 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3425 semantics.
3426
3427 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3428
3429 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3430
3431 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3432
3433 STATEMENT :=
3434 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3435 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3436
3437 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3438 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3439 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3440 | integer
3441
3442 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3443
3444 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3445 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3446 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3447
3448 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3449 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3450 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3451
3452 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3453
3454 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3455 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3456 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3457 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3458 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3459 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3460 ;; last STATEMENT.
3461 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3462
3463 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3464 BREAK := (break)
3465
3466 REPEAT :=
3467 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3468 (repeat)
3469 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3470 ;; (repeat))
3471 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3472 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3473 ;; (read REG)
3474 ;; (repeat))
3475 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3476 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3477 ;; (read REG)
3478 ;; (repeat))
3479 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3480
3481 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3482 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3483 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3484 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3485 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3486 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3487 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3488 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3489 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3490 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3491 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3492 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3493 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3494 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3495 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3496 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3497
3498 WRITE :=
3499 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3500 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3501 ;; representation.
3502 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3503 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3504 ;; (write r7))
3505 | (write EXPRESSION)
3506 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3507 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3508 ;; representation.
3509 | (write integer)
3510 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3511 ;; buffer.
3512 | (write string)
3513 ;; Same as: (write string)
3514 | string
3515 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3516 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3517 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3518 ;; representation.
3519 | (write REG ARRAY)
3520 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3521 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3522 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3523 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3524 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3525 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3526
3527 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3528 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3529
3530 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3531 END := (end)
3532
3533 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3534 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3535 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3536
3537 ARG := REG | integer
3538
3539 OPERATOR :=
3540 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3541 + | - | * | / | %
3542
3543 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3544 | & | `|' | ^
3545
3546 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3547 | << | >>
3548
3549 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3550 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3551 | <8
3552
3553 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3554 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3555 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3556 | >8
3557
3558 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3559 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3560 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3561 | //
3562
3563 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3564 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3565
3566 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3567 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3568 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3569 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3570 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3571 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3572 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3573 | de-sjis
3574
3575 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3576 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3577 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3579 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3580 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3581 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3582 ;; byte of SJIS.
3583 | en-sjis
3584
3585 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3586 ;; Same meaning as C code
3587 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3588
3589 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3590 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3591 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3592 | <8=
3593
3594 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3595 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3596 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3597
3598 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3599 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3600 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3601 | //=
3602
3603 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3604
3605
3606 TRANSLATE :=
3607 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3608 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3609 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3610 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3611 ;; respectively.
3612 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3613 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3614 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3615 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3616
3617 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3618 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3619 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3620
3621 LOOKUP :=
3622 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3623 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3624 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3625 ;; respectively.
3626 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3627 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3628 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3629
3630 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3631 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3632 ;; REG.
3633 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3634 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3635 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3636
3637 MAP :=
3638 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3639 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3640 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3641 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3642
3643 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3644 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3645 MAP-ID := integer
3646
3647 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3648
3649 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3650
3651 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3652 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3653 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3654 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3655 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3656 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3657
3658 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3659
3660 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3661 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3662 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3663
3664 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3665
3666 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3667
3668 ;;;***
3669 \f
3670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21710 32133
3671 ;;;;;; 451296 277000))
3672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3673
3674 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3675 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3676 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3677 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3678
3679 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3680
3681 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3682
3683 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3684 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3685
3686 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3687
3688 ;;;***
3689 \f
3690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21710 32133 409296
3691 ;;;;;; 59000))
3692 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3693 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3694
3695 ;;;***
3696 \f
3697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21710 32133
3698 ;;;;;; 725297 702000))
3699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3700 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3701
3702 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3703 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3704 There are no special keybindings by default.
3705
3706 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3707 to the action header.
3708
3709 \(fn)" t nil)
3710
3711 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3712 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3713 There are no special keybindings by default.
3714
3715 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3716 to the action header.
3717
3718 \(fn)" t nil)
3719
3720 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3721 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3722
3723 \(fn)" t nil)
3724
3725 ;;;***
3726 \f
3727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21710 32133
3728 ;;;;;; 451296 277000))
3729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3730 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3731
3732 ;;;***
3733 \f
3734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3735 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 451296 277000))
3736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3737
3738 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3739 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3740 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3741
3742 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3743
3744 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3745 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3746 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3747
3748 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3749
3750 ;;;***
3751 \f
3752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21710
3753 ;;;;;; 32133 452296 283000))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3755 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3756 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3757 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3758 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3759 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3760 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3761 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3762 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3763 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3764
3765 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3766
3767
3768 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3769 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3770 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3771
3772 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3773 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3774 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3775 the users will view as each check is completed.
3776
3777 \(fn)" t nil)
3778
3779 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3780 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3781 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3782 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3783 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3784 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3785 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3786 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3787
3788 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3789
3790 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3791 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3792 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3793 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3794 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3795 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3796 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3797 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3798
3799 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3800
3801 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3802 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3803 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3804 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3805 spacing are all verified.
3806
3807 \(fn)" t nil)
3808
3809 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3810 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3811 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3812 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3813 otherwise stop after the first error.
3814
3815 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3816
3817 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3818 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3819 Only documentation strings are checked.
3820 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3821 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3822 a separate buffer.
3823
3824 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3825
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3827 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3828 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3829 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3830 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3831
3832 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3833
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3835 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3836 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3837 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3838 if there is one.
3839
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3841
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3843 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3844 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3845 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3846 if there is one.
3847 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3848
3849 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3850
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3852 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3853 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3854
3855 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3856
3857 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3858 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3859 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3860 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3861 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3862
3863 \(fn)" t nil)
3864
3865 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3866 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3867 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3868 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3869 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3870 space at the end of each line.
3871
3872 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3873
3874 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3875 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3876 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3877 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3878
3879 \(fn)" t nil)
3880
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3882 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3883 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3884 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3885
3886 \(fn)" t nil)
3887
3888 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3889 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3890 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3891 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3892
3893 \(fn)" t nil)
3894
3895 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3896 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3897 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3898 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3899
3900 \(fn)" t nil)
3901
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3903 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3904 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3905 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3906
3907 \(fn)" t nil)
3908
3909 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3910 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3911 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3912 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3913
3914 \(fn)" t nil)
3915
3916 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3917 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3918 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3919 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3920
3921 \(fn)" t nil)
3922
3923 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3924 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3925 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3926 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3927
3928 \(fn)" t nil)
3929
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3931 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3932 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3933 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3934
3935 \(fn)" t nil)
3936
3937 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3938 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3939 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3940 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3941 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3942
3943 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3944 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3945 checking of documentation strings.
3946
3947 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3948
3949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3950
3951 ;;;***
3952 \f
3953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21710
3954 ;;;;;; 32133 574296 917000))
3955 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3956
3957 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3958 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3959 Return the length of resulting text.
3960
3961 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3962
3963 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3964 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3965
3966 \(fn)" t nil)
3967
3968 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3969 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3970 Return the length of resulting text.
3971
3972 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3973
3974 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3975 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3976
3977 \(fn)" t nil)
3978
3979 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3980
3981
3982 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3983
3984 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3985
3986
3987 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3988
3989 ;;;***
3990 \f
3991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21710 32133 434296
3992 ;;;;;; 189000))
3993 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3994
3995 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3996 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3997 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3998 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3999 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4000 editing and the result is evaluated.
4001
4002 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4003
4004 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4005 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4006 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4007 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4008 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4009
4010 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4011
4012 \(fn)" t nil)
4013
4014 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4015 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4016 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4017 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4018 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4019
4020 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4021 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4022 \\{command-history-map}
4023
4024 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4025 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4026
4027 \(fn)" t nil)
4028
4029 ;;;***
4030 \f
4031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21710
4032 ;;;;;; 32133 453296 288000))
4033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4034
4035 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4036 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4037 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4038 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4039 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4040 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4041 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4042 of this function.
4043
4044 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4045 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4046 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4047 property are:
4048
4049 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4050 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4051
4052 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4053 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4054 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4055 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4056 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4057 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4058 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4059 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4060 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4061 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4062 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4063 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4064
4065 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4066 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4067 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4068
4069 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4070 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4071 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4072 list elements are:
4073
4074 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4075
4076 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4077
4078 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4079
4080 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4081 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4082
4083 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4084 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4085
4086 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4087 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4088 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4089 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4090 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4091 value specified by their associated list element.
4092
4093 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4094
4095 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4096 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4097 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4098
4099 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4100 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4101 * indent the first argument by 4.
4102 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4103 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4104 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4105
4106 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4107 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4108 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4109 instead.
4110
4111 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4112
4113 ;;;***
4114 \f
4115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21710 32133
4116 ;;;;;; 453296 288000))
4117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4118 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4119
4120 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4121
4122 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4123 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4124 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4125 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4126 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4127 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4128
4129 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4130 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4131
4132 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4133
4134 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4135
4136 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4137
4138 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4139
4140 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4141
4142 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4143
4144 ;;;***
4145 \f
4146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21710 32133
4147 ;;;;;; 725297 702000))
4148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4149
4150 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4151 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4152 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4153 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4154
4155 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4156 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4157 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4158 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4159
4160 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4161 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4162
4163 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4164
4165 ;;;***
4166 \f
4167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21710 32133 434296
4168 ;;;;;; 189000))
4169 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4170
4171 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4172 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4173 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4174 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4175 of `scheme-program-name').
4176 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4177 it is given as initial input.
4178 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4179 discards input when it starts up.
4180 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4181 is run).
4182 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4183
4184 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4185
4186 ;;;***
4187 \f
4188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21710 32133 435296 194000))
4189 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4190
4191 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4192 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4193 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4194 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4195
4196 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4197 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4198
4199 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4200 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4201 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4202
4203 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4204
4205 ;;;***
4206 \f
4207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21710 32133 436296 200000))
4208 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4209
4210 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4211 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4212 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4213 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4214 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4215 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4216 functions have already modified the buffer.
4217
4218 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4219
4220 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4221 either globally or locally.")
4222
4223 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4224 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4225 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4226 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4227
4228 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4229 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4230 `start-file-process'
4231 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4232 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4233 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4234
4235 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4236 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4237
4238 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4239
4240 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4241
4242 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4243
4244 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4245 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4246 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4247 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4248 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4249 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4250 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4251 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4252 process as its initial input.
4253
4254 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4255
4256 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4257
4258 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4259
4260 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4261 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4262 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4263 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4264 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4265 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4266
4267 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4268
4269 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4270
4271 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4272 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4273 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4274 directory tracking functions.")
4275
4276 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4277 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4278 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4279
4280 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4281
4282 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4283
4284 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4285 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4286 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4287
4288 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4289
4290 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4291
4292 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4293 Send COMMAND to current process.
4294 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4295 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4296
4297 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4298
4299 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4300 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4301 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4302 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4303
4304 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4305
4306 ;;;***
4307 \f
4308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21710 32133
4309 ;;;;;; 814298 165000))
4310 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4311
4312 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4313 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4314 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4315 to get another window.
4316
4317 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4318 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4319
4320 This command pushes the mark in each window
4321 at the prior location of point in that window.
4322 If both windows display the same buffer,
4323 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4324 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4325
4326 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4327 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4328 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4329 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4330 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4331 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4332 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4333 ignored.
4334
4335 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4336 this command work in interlaced mode:
4337 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4338 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4339 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4340
4341 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4342
4343 ;;;***
4344 \f
4345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21710 32133
4346 ;;;;;; 726297 707000))
4347 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4348
4349 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4350 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4351
4352 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4353
4354 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4355 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4356 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4357
4358 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4359
4360 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4361 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4362 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4363
4364 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4365
4366 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4367 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4368 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4369 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4370 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4371
4372 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4373 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4374 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4375 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4376 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4377
4378 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4379 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4380 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4381 describing how the process finished.")
4382
4383 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4384 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4385 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4386 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4387 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4388
4389 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4390 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4391 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4392
4393 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4394
4395 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4396 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4397 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4398 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4399
4400 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4401
4402 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4403 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4404
4405 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4406 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4407
4408 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4409 (lambda ()
4410 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4411 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4412 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4413 (concat \"make -k \"
4414 (if buffer-file-name
4415 (shell-quote-argument
4416 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4417
4418 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4419 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4420
4421 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4422 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4423 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4424 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4425
4426 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4427
4428 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4429 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4430 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4431 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4432
4433 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4434 and move to the source code that caused it.
4435
4436 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4437 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4438
4439 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4440 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4441 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4442 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4443 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4444
4445 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4446 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4447 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4448 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4449
4450 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4451 kills its subprocesses.
4452
4453 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4454 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4455 to a function that generates a unique name.
4456
4457 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4458
4459 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4460 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4461 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4462 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4463
4464 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4465 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4466
4467 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4468 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4469 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4470 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4471
4472 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4473 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4474 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4475
4476 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4477
4478 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4479
4480 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4481 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4482 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4483 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4484 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4485
4486 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4487
4488 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4489
4490 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4491
4492 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4493
4494 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4495 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4497 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4498 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4499
4500 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4501 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4502 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4503 See `compilation-mode'.
4504
4505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4506
4507 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4508 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4510 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4511 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4512
4513 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4514 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4515 `compilation-mode'.
4516
4517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4518
4519 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4520 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4521 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4522
4523 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4524
4525 ;;;***
4526 \f
4527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21710 32133 436296
4528 ;;;;;; 200000))
4529 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4530
4531 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4532 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4533 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4536 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4537
4538 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4539
4540 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4541 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4543 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4544 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4545
4546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4547
4548 ;;;***
4549 \f
4550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21710
4551 ;;;;;; 32133 790298 40000))
4552 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4553
4554 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4555 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4556 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4557 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4558 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4559 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4560 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4561
4562 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4563 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4564 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4565
4566 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4567 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4568 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4569
4570 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4571 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4572 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4573 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4574
4575 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4576 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4577 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4578 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4579 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4580 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4581 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4582
4583 \\{conf-mode-map}
4584
4585 \(fn)" t nil)
4586
4587 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4588 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4589 Comments start with `#'.
4590 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4591
4592 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4593
4594 \[Desktop Entry]
4595 Encoding=UTF-8
4596 Name=The GIMP
4597 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4598 Name[cs]=GIMP
4599
4600 \(fn)" t nil)
4601
4602 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4603 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4604 Comments start with `;'.
4605 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4606
4607 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4608
4609 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4610 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4611 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4612
4613 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4614 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4615
4616 \(fn)" t nil)
4617
4618 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4619 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4620 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4621 between `/*' and `*/'.
4622 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4623
4624 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4625 // another kind of comment
4626 /* yet another */
4627
4628 name:value
4629 name=value
4630 name value
4631 x.1 =
4632 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4633 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4634
4635 \(fn)" t nil)
4636
4637 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4638 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4639 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4640 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4641 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4642 `conf-space-keywords'.
4643 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4644 in an interactive fashion instead.
4645
4646 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4647
4648 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4649
4650 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4651 image/png png
4652 image/tiff tiff tif
4653
4654 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4655 class desktop
4656 # Standard multimedia devices
4657 add /dev/audio desktop
4658 add /dev/mixer desktop
4659
4660 \(fn)" t nil)
4661
4662 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4663 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4664 See `conf-space-mode'.
4665
4666 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4667
4668 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4669 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4670 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4671 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4672
4673 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4674
4675 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4676 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4677
4678 \(fn)" t nil)
4679
4680 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4681 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4682 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4683 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4684
4685 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4686
4687 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4688 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4689
4690 \(fn)" t nil)
4691
4692 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4693 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4694 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4695 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4696
4697 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4698
4699 *background: gray99
4700 *foreground: black
4701
4702 \(fn)" t nil)
4703
4704 ;;;***
4705 \f
4706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21710 32133 704297
4707 ;;;;;; 593000))
4708 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4709
4710 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4711 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4712 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4713 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4714 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4715 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4716
4717 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4718
4719 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4720 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4721 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4722 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4723
4724 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4725
4726 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4727 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4728 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4729 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4730
4731 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4732
4733 ;;;***
4734 \f
4735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21710
4736 ;;;;;; 32133 455296 298000))
4737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4738 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4739 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4740 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4741
4742 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4743 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4744 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4745 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4746 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4747 following the copyright are updated as well.
4748 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4749 interactively.
4750
4751 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4752
4753 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4754 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4755 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4756 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4757 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4758
4759 \(fn)" t nil)
4760
4761 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4762 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4763
4764 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4765
4766 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4767 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4768 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4769
4770 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4771
4772 ;;;***
4773 \f
4774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21710
4775 ;;;;;; 32133 729297 723000))
4776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4777 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4778 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4779 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4780 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4781 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4782 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4783 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4784
4785 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4786 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4787 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4788 Tab indents for Perl code.
4789 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4790 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4791
4792 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4793 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4794 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4795 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4796 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4797 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4798 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4799 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4800 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4801 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4802 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4803 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4804
4805 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4806
4807 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4808 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4809
4810 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4811
4812 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4813 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4814 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4815 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4816 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4817 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4818 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4819 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4820 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4821
4822 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4823
4824 bite if angry;
4825
4826 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4827 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4828 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4829 to nil.)
4830
4831 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4832 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4833 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4834
4835 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4836
4837 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4838 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4839 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4840 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4841 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4842
4843 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4844
4845 if (A) { B }
4846
4847 into
4848
4849 B if A;
4850
4851 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4852
4853 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4854 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4855 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4856 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4857 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4858 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4859 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4860 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4861 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4862 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4863 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4864 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4865 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4866
4867 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4868 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4869 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4870 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4871 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4872 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4873
4874 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4875 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4876 man via menu.
4877
4878 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4879 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4880 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4881 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4882 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4883
4884 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4885 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4886 span the needed amount of lines.
4887
4888 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4889 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4890 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4891 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4892
4893 Variables controlling indentation style:
4894 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4895 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4896 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4897 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4898 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4899 `cperl-auto-newline'
4900 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4901 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4902 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4903 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4904 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4905 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4906 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4907 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4908 `cperl-indent-level'
4909 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4910 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4911 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4912 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4913 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4914 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4915 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4916 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4917 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4918 `cperl-brace-offset'
4919 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4920 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4921 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4922 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4923 `cperl-label-offset'
4924 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4925 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4926 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4927
4928 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4929 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4930 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4931 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4932 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4933 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4934
4935 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4936 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4937 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4938 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4939
4940 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4941 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4942 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4943 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4944 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4945 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4946 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4947
4948 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4949 column 0 is indented on
4950 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4951
4952 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4953 with no args.
4954
4955 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4956 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4957 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4958
4959 \(fn)" t nil)
4960
4961 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4962 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4963
4964 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4965
4966 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4967 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4968
4969 \(fn)" t nil)
4970
4971 ;;;***
4972 \f
4973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21710 32133 729297
4974 ;;;;;; 723000))
4975 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4976
4977 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4978 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4979 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4980 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4981 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4982
4983 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4984
4985 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4986 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4987
4988 \(fn)" t nil)
4989
4990 ;;;***
4991 \f
4992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21710 32133 455296
4993 ;;;;;; 298000))
4994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4995
4996 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4997 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4998 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4999 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5000 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5001 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5002 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5003 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5004
5005 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5006 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5007
5008 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5009 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5010 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5011
5012 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5013 with empty strings removed.
5014
5015 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5016
5017 ;;;***
5018 \f
5019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21710 32133
5020 ;;;;;; 790298 40000))
5021 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5022
5023 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5024 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5025
5026 \(fn)" t nil)
5027 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5028
5029 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5030 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5031
5032 \(fn)" t nil)
5033
5034 ;;;***
5035 \f
5036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21710 32133
5037 ;;;;;; 469296 371000))
5038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5039
5040 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5041 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5042 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5043 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5044 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5045 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5046
5047 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5048
5049 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5050 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5051 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5052 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5053 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5054
5055 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5056 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5057 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5058 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5059 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5060 normal function of these prefix keys.
5061
5062 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5063 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5064 options:
5065 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5066 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5067 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5068
5069 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5070 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5071 the prefix fallback behavior.
5072
5073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5074
5075 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5076 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5077
5078 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5079
5080 ;;;***
5081 \f
5082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21710 32133
5083 ;;;;;; 470296 376000))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5085
5086 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5087 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5088 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5089
5090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5091
5092 ;;;***
5093 \f
5094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21710 32133 438296
5095 ;;;;;; 210000))
5096 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5097
5098 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5099 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5100
5101 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5102
5103 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5104 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5105
5106 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5107
5108 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5109 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5110
5111 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5112
5113 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5114 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5115
5116 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5117 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5118
5119 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5120 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5121
5122 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5123
5124 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5125
5126 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5127 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5128 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5129
5130 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5131 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5132
5133 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5134 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5135
5136 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5137 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5138
5139 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5140
5141 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5142
5143 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5144 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5145 Return VALUE.
5146
5147 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5148 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5149
5150 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5151 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5152
5153 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5154 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5155
5156 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5157
5158 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5159
5160 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5161 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5162 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5163 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5164
5165 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5166 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5167 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5168
5169 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5170
5171 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5172 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5173 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5174 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5175 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5176
5177 \(fn)" t nil)
5178
5179 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5180 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5181 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5182 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5183
5184 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5185
5186 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5187 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5188 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5189
5190 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5191
5192 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5193 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5194
5195 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5196
5197 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5198
5199 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5200 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5201
5202 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5203
5204 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5205
5206 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5207 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5208 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5209
5210 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5211
5212 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5213 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5214 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5215 as part of Emacs itself.
5216
5217 Each elements looks like this:
5218
5219 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5220
5221 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5222 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5223 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5224 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5225 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5226 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5227 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5228 and `defface'.
5229
5230 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5231
5232 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5233 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5234 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5235 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5236 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5237
5238 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5239 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5240 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5241 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5242
5243 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5244
5245 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5247 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5248 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5249 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5250 release.
5251
5252 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5253 that were added or redefined since that version.
5254
5255 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5256
5257 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5258 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5259 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5260 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5261
5262 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5263
5264 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5265 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5266
5267 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5268
5269 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5270 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5271 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5272
5273 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5274 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5275
5276 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5277
5278 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5279 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5280
5281 \(fn)" t nil)
5282
5283 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5284 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5285
5286 \(fn)" t nil)
5287
5288 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5289 Customize all saved options and faces.
5290
5291 \(fn)" t nil)
5292
5293 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5294 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5295 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5296 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5297 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5298 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5299
5300 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5301 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5302 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5303
5304 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5305
5306 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5307 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5308
5309 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5310
5311 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5312 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5313
5314 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5315
5316 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5317 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5318
5319 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5320
5321 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5322 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5323 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5324 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5325
5326 \(fn)" nil nil)
5327
5328 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5329 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5330 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5331 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5332 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5333 that option.
5334 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5335
5336 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5337
5338 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5339 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5340 The result includes selecting that window.
5341 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5342 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5343 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5344 that option.
5345
5346 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5347
5348 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5349 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5350
5351 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5352
5353 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5354 File used for storing customization information.
5355 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5356 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5357 it should be an absolute file name.
5358
5359 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5360 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5361 something like the following in your init file:
5362
5363 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5364 \(load custom-file)
5365
5366 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5367 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5368
5369 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5370 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5371 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5372 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5373 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5374
5375 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5376 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5377 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5378 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5379 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5380 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5381 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5382 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5383 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5384 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5385
5386 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5387
5388 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5389 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5390
5391 \(fn)" nil nil)
5392
5393 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5394 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5395
5396 \(fn)" t nil)
5397
5398 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5399 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5400 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5401
5402 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5403
5404 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5405 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5406 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5407 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5408 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5409
5410 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5411
5412 ;;;***
5413 \f
5414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21710 32133 439296
5415 ;;;;;; 215000))
5416 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5417
5418 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5419 Create or edit a custom theme.
5420 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5421 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5422 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5423 from the Custom save file.
5424 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5425 named *Custom Theme*.
5426
5427 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5428
5429 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5430 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5431
5432 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5433
5434 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5435 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5436
5437 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5438
5439 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5440 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5441 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5442 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5443
5444 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5445
5446 ;;;***
5447 \f
5448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21710 32133
5449 ;;;;;; 815298 170000))
5450 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5451
5452 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5453 Mode used for cvs status output.
5454
5455 \(fn)" t nil)
5456
5457 ;;;***
5458 \f
5459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21710 32133 729297
5460 ;;;;;; 723000))
5461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5462 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5463
5464 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5465 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5466
5467 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5468
5469 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5470 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5471 C++ modes are included.
5472
5473 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5474 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5475 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5476
5477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5478
5479 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5480
5481 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5482 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5483 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5485 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5486 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5487
5488 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5489
5490 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5491 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5492 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5493 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5494 ARG is omitted or nil.
5495
5496 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5497 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5498 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5499
5500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5501
5502 ;;;***
5503 \f
5504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21710
5505 ;;;;;; 32133 574296 917000))
5506 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5507
5508 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5509 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5510
5511 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5512
5513 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5514 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5515
5516 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5517
5518 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5519 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5520 For readability, the table is slightly
5521 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5522
5523 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5524 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5525 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5526 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5527 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5528
5529 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5530
5531 ;;;***
5532 \f
5533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21710 32133 439296
5534 ;;;;;; 215000))
5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5536 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5537 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5538 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5539 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5540
5541 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5542 Completion on current word.
5543 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5544 and presents suggestions for completion.
5545
5546 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5547 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5548 completions.
5549
5550 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5551 then it searches *all* buffers.
5552
5553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5554
5555 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5556 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5557
5558 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5559 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5560 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5561 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5562 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5563
5564 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5565 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5566
5567 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5568 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5569 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5570
5571 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5572 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5573
5574 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5575
5576 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5577
5578 ;;;***
5579 \f
5580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21710 32133
5581 ;;;;;; 409296 59000))
5582 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5583
5584 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5585 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5586
5587 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5588
5589 ;;;***
5590 \f
5591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21710 32133 628297 198000))
5592 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5593
5594 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5595 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5596 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5597 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5598 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5599
5600 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5601
5602 ;;;***
5603 \f
5604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21710 32133
5605 ;;;;;; 729297 723000))
5606 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5607
5608 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5609 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5610
5611 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5612 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5613 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5614
5615 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5616 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5617 Data lines are not indented.
5618
5619 Key bindings:
5620
5621 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5622 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5623
5624 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5625 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5626 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5627 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5628
5629 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5630
5631 dcl-basic-offset
5632 Extra indentation within blocks.
5633
5634 dcl-continuation-offset
5635 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5636
5637 dcl-margin-offset
5638 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5639
5640 dcl-margin-label-offset
5641 Indentation for a label.
5642
5643 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5644 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5645
5646 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5647 dcl-block-end-regexp
5648 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5649 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5650 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5651 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5652 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5653
5654 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5655 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5656 Two such functions are included in the package:
5657 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5658 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5659
5660 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5661 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5662 One such function is included in the package:
5663 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5664
5665 dcl-tab-always-indent
5666 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5667 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5668 margin.
5669
5670 dcl-electric-characters
5671 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5672 typed.
5673
5674 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5675 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5676 which words trigger electric indentation.
5677
5678 dcl-tempo-comma
5679 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5680 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5681 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5682
5683 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5684 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5685 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5686 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5687
5688 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5689 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5690 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5691 dcl-imenu-label-call
5692 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5693
5694 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5695 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5696 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5697 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5698
5699
5700 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5701
5702 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5703 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5704 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5705 $ i = 1
5706 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5707 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5708 $ label:
5709 $ if i.eq.1
5710 $ then
5711 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5712 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5713 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5714 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5715 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5716 \"lined up with the command line\"
5717 $ type sys$input
5718 Data lines are not indented at all.
5719 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5720 $ endif
5721 $
5722
5723
5724 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5725 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5726
5727 \(fn)" t nil)
5728
5729 ;;;***
5730 \f
5731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21710 32133
5732 ;;;;;; 455296 298000))
5733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5734
5735 (setq debugger 'debug)
5736
5737 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5738 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5739 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5740 of the evaluator.
5741
5742 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5743 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5744 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5745
5746 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5747
5748 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5749 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5750
5751 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5752
5753 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5754 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5755 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5756 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5757 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5758 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5759
5760 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5761 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5762
5763 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5764
5765 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5766 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5767 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5768 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5769 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5770
5771 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5772
5773 ;;;***
5774 \f
5775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21710 32133
5776 ;;;;;; 705297 598000))
5777 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5778
5779 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5780 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5781
5782 \(fn)" t nil)
5783
5784 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5785 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5786 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5787 Upper-case letters are commands.
5788
5789 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5790 modify it.
5791
5792 The most useful commands are:
5793 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5794 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5795 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5796 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5797 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5798 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5799
5800 \(fn)" t nil)
5801
5802 ;;;***
5803 \f
5804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21710 32133 440296
5805 ;;;;;; 220000))
5806 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5807 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5808
5809 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5810 Customization of `columns' group.
5811
5812 \(fn)" t nil)
5813
5814 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5815 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5816
5817 START and END delimits the text region.
5818
5819 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5820
5821 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5822 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5823
5824 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5825
5826 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5827
5828 ;;;***
5829 \f
5830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21710 32133 440296 220000))
5831 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5832
5833 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5834
5835 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5836 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5837 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5838 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5839 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5840 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5841
5842 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5843
5844 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5845 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5846 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5847 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5848 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5849
5850 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5851 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5852 point regardless of any selection.
5853
5854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5855
5856 ;;;***
5857 \f
5858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21710 32133
5859 ;;;;;; 456296 304000))
5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5861
5862 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5863 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5864
5865 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5866
5867 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5868 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5869 or nil if there is no parent.
5870 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5871 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5872 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5873 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5874 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5875
5876 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5877 arguments are currently understood:
5878 :group GROUP
5879 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5880 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5881 :syntax-table TABLE
5882 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5883 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5884 :abbrev-table TABLE
5885 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5886 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5887
5888 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5889
5890 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5891
5892 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5893 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5894 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5895
5896 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5897 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5898
5899 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5900 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5901 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5902
5903 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5904 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5905
5906 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5907 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5908
5909 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5910
5911 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5912
5913 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5914
5915 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
5916
5917 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5918 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5919 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5920 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5921 the first time the mode is used.
5922
5923 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5924
5925 ;;;***
5926 \f
5927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21710 32133 440296
5928 ;;;;;; 220000))
5929 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5930
5931 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5932 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5933 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5934 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5935 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5936 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5937 otherwise.
5938
5939 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5940
5941 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5942 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5943 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5944 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5945
5946 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5947 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5948 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5949
5950 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5951 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5952 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5953 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5954 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5955 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5956 relevant to POS.
5957
5958 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5959
5960 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
5961 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
5962
5963 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
5964 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
5965 Otherwise return a description formatted by
5966 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
5967 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
5968 minibuffer window for width limit.
5969
5970 This function is meant to be used as a value of
5971 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
5972
5973 \(fn)" nil nil)
5974
5975 ;;;***
5976 \f
5977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21710 32133 441296
5978 ;;;;;; 225000))
5979 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5980
5981 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5982 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5983 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5984 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5985 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5986 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5987
5988 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5989
5990 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5991 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5992 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5993 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5994 is omitted or nil.
5995
5996 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5997 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5998 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5999 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6000
6001 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6002 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6003
6004 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6005 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6006
6007 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6008
6009 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6010
6011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6012
6013 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6014 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6015 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6016 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6017
6018 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6019
6020 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6021 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6022
6023 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6024 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6025 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6026
6027 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6028 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6029
6030 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6031 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6032 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6033
6034 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6035 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6036 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6037 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6038
6039 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6040
6041 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6042 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6043
6044 Handlers are called with argument list
6045
6046 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6047
6048 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6049
6050 `desktop-file-version'
6051 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6052 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6053 `desktop-buffer-point'
6054 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6055 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6056 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6057
6058 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6059 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6060
6061 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6062 code like
6063
6064 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6065 ...
6066 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6067 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6068
6069 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6070
6071 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6072
6073 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6074 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6075 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6076 List elements must have the form
6077
6078 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6079
6080 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6081 function.
6082
6083 Handlers are called with argument list
6084
6085 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6086
6087 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6088
6089 `desktop-file-version'
6090 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6091 `desktop-buffer-name'
6092 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6093 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6094 `desktop-buffer-point'
6095 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6096 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6097 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6098
6099 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6100 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6101 created and set.
6102
6103 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6104 code like
6105
6106 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6107 ...
6108 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6109 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6110
6111 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6112
6113 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6114
6115 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6116
6117 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6118 Empty the Desktop.
6119 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6120 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6121 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6122 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6123 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6124 if different).
6125
6126 \(fn)" t nil)
6127
6128 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6129 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6130 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6131 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6132 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6133 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6134 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6135
6136 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6137
6138 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6139 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6140 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6141
6142 \(fn)" t nil)
6143
6144 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6145 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6146 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6147 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6148 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6149 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6150 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6151 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6152
6153 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6154
6155 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6156 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6157 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6158
6159 \(fn)" nil nil)
6160
6161 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6162
6163 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6164 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6165 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6166 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6167 directory DIRNAME.
6168
6169 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6170
6171 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6172 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6173
6174 \(fn)" t nil)
6175
6176 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6177 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6178
6179 \(fn)" t nil)
6180
6181 ;;;***
6182 \f
6183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21710 32133
6184 ;;;;;; 514296 605000))
6185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6186
6187 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6188 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6189 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6190 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6191 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6192 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6193
6194 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6195
6196 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6197 Repair a broken attribution line.
6198 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6199
6200 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6201
6202 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6203 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6204 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6205 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6206
6207 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6208
6209 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6210 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6211
6212 \(fn)" t nil)
6213
6214 ;;;***
6215 \f
6216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21710
6217 ;;;;;; 32133 403296 28000))
6218 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6219
6220 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6221 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6222 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6223 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6224 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6225
6226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6227
6228 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6229 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6230 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6231 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6232
6233 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6234 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6235 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6236 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6237
6238 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6239 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6240
6241 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6242 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6243 calendar-date-style 'european
6244 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6245
6246 \(diary-mail-entries)
6247
6248 # diary-rem.el ends here
6249
6250 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6251
6252 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6253 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6254
6255 \(fn)" t nil)
6256
6257 ;;;***
6258 \f
6259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21710 32133 815298 170000))
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6261
6262 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6263 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6264
6265 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6266
6267 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6268 The command to use to run diff.")
6269
6270 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6271
6272 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6273 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6274 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6275 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6276 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6277 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6278
6279 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6280 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6281 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6282
6283 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6284
6285 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6286 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6287 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6288 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6289 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6290 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6291
6292 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6293
6294 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6295 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6296
6297 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6298
6299 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6300 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6301 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6302
6303 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6304
6305 ;;;***
6306 \f
6307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21710 32133
6308 ;;;;;; 815298 170000))
6309 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6310
6311 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6312 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6313 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6314 normal diffs.
6315
6316 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6317 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6318 headers for you on-the-fly.
6319
6320 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6321 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6322 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6323
6324 \\{diff-mode-map}
6325
6326 \(fn)" t nil)
6327
6328 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6329 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6330 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6331 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6332 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6333
6334 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6335
6336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6337
6338 ;;;***
6339 \f
6340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21710 32133 628297 198000))
6341 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6342
6343 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6344 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6345 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6346
6347 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6348
6349 ;;;***
6350 \f
6351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21710 32133 443296 236000))
6352 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6353
6354 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6355 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6356 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6357 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6358 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6359 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6360 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6361 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6362
6363 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6364
6365 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6366 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6367 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6368 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6369 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6370 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6371
6372 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6373 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6374 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6375 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6376 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6377 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6378 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6379 list of files to make directory entries for.
6380 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6381 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6382 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6383
6384 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6385
6386 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6387 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6388
6389 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6390 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6391
6392 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6393 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6394
6395 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6396 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6397
6398 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6399
6400 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6401 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6402
6403 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6404
6405 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6406 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6407 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6408 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6409 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6410 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6411 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6412 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6413 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6414 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6415 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6416 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6417 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6418 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6419 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6420 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6421 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6422 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6423 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6424 to see why something went wrong.
6425 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6426 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6427 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6428 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6429 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6430 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6431 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6432 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6433 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6434 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6435 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6436 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6437 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6438
6439 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6440 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6441 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6442 again for the directory tree.
6443
6444 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6445 for more info):
6446
6447 `dired-listing-switches'
6448 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6449 `dired-marker-char'
6450 `dired-del-marker'
6451 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6452 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6453 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6454 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6455
6456 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6457
6458 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6459 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6460 `dired-mode-hook'
6461 `dired-load-hook'
6462
6463 Keybindings:
6464 \\{dired-mode-map}
6465
6466 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6467 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6468
6469 ;;;***
6470 \f
6471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21710 32133 444296
6472 ;;;;;; 241000))
6473 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6474
6475 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6476 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6477 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6478 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6479 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6480
6481 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6482 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6483 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6484
6485 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6486 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6487 directory.
6488
6489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6490
6491 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6492 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6493 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6494 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6495 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6496 from `default-directory'.
6497
6498 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6499
6500 ;;;***
6501 \f
6502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21710 32133
6503 ;;;;;; 456296 304000))
6504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6505
6506 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6507 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6508 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6509 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6510 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6511 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6512
6513 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6514
6515 ;;;***
6516 \f
6517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21710 32133 444296
6518 ;;;;;; 241000))
6519 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6520
6521 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6522 Return a new, empty display table.
6523
6524 \(fn)" nil nil)
6525
6526 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6527 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6528 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6529 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6530 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6531
6532 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6533
6534 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6535 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6536 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6537 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6538 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6539
6540 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6541
6542 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6543 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6544
6545 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6546
6547 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6548 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6549
6550 \(fn)" t nil)
6551
6552 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6553 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6554
6555 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6556 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6557
6558 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6559 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6560 byte.
6561
6562 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6563 in the default way after this call.
6564
6565 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6566
6567 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6568 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6569
6570 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6571
6572 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6573 Display character C using printable string S.
6574
6575 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6576
6577 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6578 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6579 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6580 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6581
6582 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6583
6584 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6585 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6586 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6587 X frame.
6588
6589 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6590
6591 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6592 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6593
6594 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6595
6596 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6597 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6598
6599 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6600
6601 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6602 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6603
6604 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6605
6606 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6607 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6608
6609 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6610
6611 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6612 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6613
6614 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6615
6616 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6617 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6618
6619 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6620 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6621
6622 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6623 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6624
6625 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6626 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6627 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6628 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6629
6630 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6631 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6632 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6633 in `.emacs'.
6634
6635 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6636
6637 ;;;***
6638 \f
6639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21710 32133
6640 ;;;;;; 705297 598000))
6641 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6642
6643 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6644 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6645 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6646 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6647 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6648 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6649 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6650 Default is 2.
6651
6652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6653
6654 ;;;***
6655 \f
6656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21710 32133 444296 241000))
6657 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6658
6659 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6660 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6661 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6662 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6663 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6664 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6665 private or ask).
6666 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6667 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6668 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6669 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6670 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6671
6672 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6673
6674 ;;;***
6675 \f
6676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21710 32133
6677 ;;;;;; 790298 40000))
6678 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6679
6680 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6681 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6682 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6683 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6684 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6685 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6686 table and its own syntax table.
6687
6688 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6689
6690 \(fn)" t nil)
6691 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6692
6693 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6694 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6695
6696 \(fn)" t nil)
6697
6698 ;;;***
6699 \f
6700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21710 32133 444296
6701 ;;;;;; 241000))
6702 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6703
6704 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6705 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6706 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6707 OpenDocument format).
6708
6709 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6710
6711 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6712 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6713
6714 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6715 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6716
6717 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6718 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6719 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6720
6721 \(fn)" t nil)
6722
6723 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6724 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6725 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6726 to the next best mode.
6727
6728 \(fn)" nil nil)
6729
6730 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6731 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6733 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6734 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6735
6736 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6737
6738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6739
6740 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6741
6742
6743 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6744
6745 ;;;***
6746 \f
6747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21710 32133 705297
6748 ;;;;;; 598000))
6749 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6750
6751 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6752 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6753
6754 \(fn)" t nil)
6755
6756 ;;;***
6757 \f
6758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21710 32133 445296 246000))
6759 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6760
6761 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6762 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6763 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6764 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6765 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6766
6767 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6768 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6769
6770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6771
6772 ;;;***
6773 \f
6774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21710 32133 706297
6775 ;;;;;; 603000))
6776 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6777 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6778
6779 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6780 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6781
6782 \(fn)" t nil)
6783
6784 ;;;***
6785 \f
6786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21710
6787 ;;;;;; 32133 456296 304000))
6788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6789
6790 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6791
6792 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6793 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6794 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6795 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6796 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6797
6798 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6799 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6800 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6801 and disables it otherwise.
6802
6803 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6804 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6805 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6806 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6807
6808 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6809 documenting what its argument does.
6810
6811 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6812 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6813 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6814 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6815 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6816 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6817 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6818 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6819
6820 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6821 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6822 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6823 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6824 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6825 mode is global):
6826
6827 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6828 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6829 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6830 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6831 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6832 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6833 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6834 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6835 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6836 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6837 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6838 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6839 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6840 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6841 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6842 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6843 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6844 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6845 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6846 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6847 in :variable).
6848
6849 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6850 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6851
6852 For example, you could write
6853 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6854 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6855 ...BODY CODE...)
6856
6857 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6858
6859 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6860
6861 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6862
6863 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6864
6865 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6866
6867 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6868 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6869 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6870 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6871 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6872 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6873 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6874 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6875 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6876 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6877 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6878 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6879
6880 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6881 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6882 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6883 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6884 call another major mode in their body.
6885
6886 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6887 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6888 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6889
6890 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6891
6892 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6893
6894 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6895 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6896 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6897 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6898 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6899 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6900 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6901
6902 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6903
6904 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6905 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6906 :inherit Parent keymap.
6907 :group Ignored.
6908 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6909 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6910
6911 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6912
6913 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6914 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6915 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6916 the constant's documentation.
6917
6918 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6919
6920 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6921 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6922 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6923
6924 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6925
6926 ;;;***
6927 \f
6928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21710
6929 ;;;;;; 32133 456296 304000))
6930 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6931
6932 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6933 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6934 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6935 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6936
6937 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6938 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6939 as a top-level menu bar item.
6940
6941 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6942 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6943 pairs:
6944
6945 :filter FUNCTION
6946 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6947 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6948 items to actually display.
6949
6950 :visible INCLUDE
6951 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6952 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6953 alias for `:visible'.
6954
6955 :active ENABLE
6956 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6957 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6958 an alias for `:active'.
6959
6960 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6961 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6962
6963 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6964
6965 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6966
6967 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6968 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6969
6970 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6971 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6972
6973 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6974
6975 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6976
6977 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6978 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6979
6980 :keys KEYS
6981 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6982 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6983 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6984 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6985
6986 :key-sequence KEYS
6987 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6988 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6989 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6990 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6991
6992 :active ENABLE
6993 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6994 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6995 alias for `:active'.
6996
6997 :visible INCLUDE
6998 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6999 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7000 `:visible'.
7001
7002 :label FORM
7003 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7004 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7005
7006 :suffix FORM
7007 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7008 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7009
7010 :style STYLE
7011 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7012 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7013 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7014
7015 :selected SELECTED
7016 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7017 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7018
7019 :help HELP
7020 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7021
7022 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7023 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7024 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7025
7026 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7027 MENU. This is a submenu.
7028
7029 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7030
7031 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7032
7033 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7034
7035
7036 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7037
7038 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7039 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7040 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7041 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7042
7043 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7044
7045 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7046 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7047 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7048 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7049 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7050 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7051
7052 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7053 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7054 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7055
7056 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7057 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7058 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7059
7060 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7061 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7062
7063 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7064
7065 ;;;***
7066 \f
7067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21710 32133
7068 ;;;;;; 732297 738000))
7069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7070 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7071
7072 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7073 Customization for ebnf group.
7074
7075 \(fn)" t nil)
7076
7077 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7078 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7079
7080 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7081
7082 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7083 processed.
7084
7085 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7086
7087 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7088
7089 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7090 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7091
7092 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7093 killed after process termination.
7094
7095 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7096
7097 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7098
7099 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7100 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7101
7102 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7103 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7104 it to the printer.
7105
7106 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7107 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7108 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7109 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7110
7111 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7112
7113 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7114 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7115 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7116
7117 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7118
7119 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7120 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7121
7122 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7123
7124 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7125 processed.
7126
7127 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7128
7129 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7130
7131 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7132 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7133
7134 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7135 killed after process termination.
7136
7137 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7138
7139 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7140
7141 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7142 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7143 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7144 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7145
7146 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7147
7148 \(fn)" t nil)
7149
7150 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7151 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7152 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7153
7154 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7155
7156 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7157
7158 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7159 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7160
7161 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7162
7163 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7164 processed.
7165
7166 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7167
7168 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7169
7170 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7171 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7172
7173 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7174 killed after EPS generation.
7175
7176 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7177
7178 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7179
7180 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7181 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7182
7183 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7184 The EPS file name has the following form:
7185
7186 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7187
7188 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7189 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7190
7191 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7192 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7193 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7194 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7195 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7196
7197 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7198 files.
7199
7200 \(fn)" t nil)
7201
7202 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7203 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7204
7205 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7206 The EPS file name has the following form:
7207
7208 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7209
7210 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7211 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7212
7213 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7214 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7215 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7216 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7217 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7218
7219 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7220 files.
7221
7222 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7223
7224 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7225
7226 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7227 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7228
7229 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7230
7231 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7232 are processed.
7233
7234 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7235
7236 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7237
7238 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7239 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7240
7241 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7242 killed after syntax checking.
7243
7244 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7245
7246 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7250
7251 \(fn)" t nil)
7252
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7255
7256 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7257
7258 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7259 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7260
7261 \(fn)" nil nil)
7262
7263 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7264 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7265
7266 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7267
7268 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7269
7270 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7271 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7272
7273 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7274
7275 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7276
7277 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7278 Delete style NAME.
7279
7280 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7281
7282 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7283
7284 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7285 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7286
7287 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7288
7289 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7290
7291 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7292 Set STYLE as the current style.
7293
7294 Returns the old style symbol.
7295
7296 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7297
7298 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7299
7300 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7301 Reset current style.
7302
7303 Returns the old style symbol.
7304
7305 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7306
7307 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7308
7309 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7310 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7311
7312 Returns the old style symbol.
7313
7314 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7315
7316 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7317
7318 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7319
7320 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7321 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7322
7323 Returns the old style symbol.
7324
7325 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7326
7327 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7328
7329 \(fn)" t nil)
7330
7331 ;;;***
7332 \f
7333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21710 32133
7334 ;;;;;; 733297 744000))
7335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7336
7337 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7338 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7339 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7340 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7341 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7342 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7343
7344 Tree mode key bindings:
7345 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7346
7347 \(fn)" t nil)
7348
7349 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7350 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7351
7352 \(fn)" t nil)
7353
7354 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7355 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7356
7357 \(fn)" t nil)
7358
7359 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7360 View declaration of member at point.
7361
7362 \(fn)" t nil)
7363
7364 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7365 Find declaration of member at point.
7366
7367 \(fn)" t nil)
7368
7369 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7370 View definition of member at point.
7371
7372 \(fn)" t nil)
7373
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7375 Find definition of member at point.
7376
7377 \(fn)" t nil)
7378
7379 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7380 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7381
7382 \(fn)" t nil)
7383
7384 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7385 View definition of member at point in other window.
7386
7387 \(fn)" t nil)
7388
7389 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7390 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7391
7392 \(fn)" t nil)
7393
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7395 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7396
7397 \(fn)" t nil)
7398
7399 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7400 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7401
7402 \(fn)" t nil)
7403
7404 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7405 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7406
7407 \(fn)" t nil)
7408
7409 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7410 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7411 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7412 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7413 completion.
7414
7415 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7416
7417 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7418 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7419 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7420 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7421
7422 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7423
7424 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7425 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7426 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7427 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7428
7429 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7430
7431 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7432 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7433 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7434
7435 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7436
7437 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7438 Search for call sites of a member.
7439 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7440 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7441 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7442 looks like a function call to the member.
7443
7444 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7445
7446 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7447 Move backward in the position stack.
7448 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7449
7450 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7451
7452 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7453 Move forward in the position stack.
7454 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7455
7456 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7457
7458 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7459 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7460
7461 \(fn)" t nil)
7462
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7464 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7465
7466 \(fn)" t nil)
7467
7468 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7469 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7470 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7471 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7472
7473 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7474
7475 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7476 Display statistics for a class tree.
7477
7478 \(fn)" t nil)
7479
7480 ;;;***
7481 \f
7482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21710 32133 445296
7483 ;;;;;; 246000))
7484 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7485
7486 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7487 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7488 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7489 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7490 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7491 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7492 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7493
7494 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7495
7496 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7497 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7498 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7499 also has this effect.
7500 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7501 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7502 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7503 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7504 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7505 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7506 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7507 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7508 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7509 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7510
7511 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7512
7513 ;;;***
7514 \f
7515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21710 32133 445296
7516 ;;;;;; 246000))
7517 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7518
7519 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7520 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7521 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7522
7523 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7524
7525 ;;;***
7526 \f
7527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21710 32133
7528 ;;;;;; 514296 605000))
7529 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7530
7531 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7532
7533
7534 \(fn)" nil nil)
7535
7536 ;;;***
7537 \f
7538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21710 32133 410296 64000))
7539 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7540 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7541
7542 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7543 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7544 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7547 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7548
7549 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7550
7551 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7552 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7554 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7555 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7556
7557 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7558 an EDE controlled project.
7559
7560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7561
7562 ;;;***
7563 \f
7564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21710 32133
7565 ;;;;;; 457296 309000))
7566 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7567
7568 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7569 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7570 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7571 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7572 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7573
7574 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7575 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7576 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7577 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7578
7579 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7580
7581 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7582 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7583 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7584 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7585
7586 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7587
7588 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7589 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7590 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7591 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7592
7593 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7594
7595 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7596
7597 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7598 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7599 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7600 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7601 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7602
7603 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7604 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7605 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7606 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7607 instrumented for Edebug.
7608
7609 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7610 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7611 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7612 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7613 already is one.)
7614
7615 \(fn)" t nil)
7616
7617 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7618 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7619
7620 \(fn)" t nil)
7621
7622 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7623 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7624
7625 \(fn)" t nil)
7626
7627 ;;;***
7628 \f
7629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21710 32133 820298 196000))
7630 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7631 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7632
7633 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7634 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7635
7636 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7637
7638 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7639 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7640
7641 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7642
7643 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7644
7645 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7646
7647 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7648 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7649 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7650 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7651
7652 \(fn)" t nil)
7653
7654 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7655 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7656 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7657 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7658
7659 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7660
7661 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7662 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7663
7664 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7665
7666 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7667
7668 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7669 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7670
7671 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7672
7673 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7674
7675 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7676 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7677 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7678 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7679
7680 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7681
7682 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7683
7684 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7685 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7686 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7687 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7688
7689 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7690
7691 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7692
7693 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7694 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7695 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7696 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7697
7698 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7699
7700 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7701
7702 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7703 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7704 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7705 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7706
7707 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7708
7709 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7710
7711 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7712 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7713 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7714 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7715 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7716 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7717
7718 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7719
7720 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7721 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7722 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7723 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7724
7725 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7726
7727 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7728
7729 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7730 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7731 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7732 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7733
7734 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7735
7736 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7737
7738 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7739
7740 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7741 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7742 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7743 follows:
7744 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7745 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7746
7747 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7748
7749 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7750 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7751 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7752 follows:
7753 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7754 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7755
7756 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7757
7758 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7759 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7760 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7761 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7762 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7763
7764 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7765
7766 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7767 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7768 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7769 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7770 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7771 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7772
7773 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7774
7775 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7776
7777 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7778 Merge two files without ancestor.
7779
7780 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7781
7782 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7783 Merge two files with ancestor.
7784
7785 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7786
7787 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7788
7789 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7790 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7791
7792 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7793
7794 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7795 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7796
7797 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7798
7799 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7800 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7801 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7802 buffer.
7803
7804 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7805
7806 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7807 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7808 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7809 buffer.
7810
7811 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7812
7813 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7814 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7815 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7816 and don't ask the user.
7817 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7818 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7819
7820 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7821
7822 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7823 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7824 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7825 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7826 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7827 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7828 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7829 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7830
7831 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7832
7833 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7834
7835 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7836
7837 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7838 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7839 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7840 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7841 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7842
7843 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7844
7845 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7846
7847 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7848 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7849 When called interactively, displays the version.
7850
7851 \(fn)" t nil)
7852
7853 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7854 Display Ediff's manual.
7855 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7856
7857 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7858
7859 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7860
7861
7862 \(fn)" nil nil)
7863
7864 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7865
7866
7867 \(fn)" nil nil)
7868
7869 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7870
7871
7872 \(fn)" nil nil)
7873
7874 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7875
7876
7877 \(fn)" nil nil)
7878
7879 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7880
7881
7882 \(fn)" nil nil)
7883
7884 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7885
7886
7887 \(fn)" nil nil)
7888
7889 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7890
7891
7892 \(fn)" nil nil)
7893
7894 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7895
7896
7897 \(fn)" nil nil)
7898
7899 ;;;***
7900 \f
7901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21710 32133
7902 ;;;;;; 816298 175000))
7903 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7904
7905 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7906
7907
7908 \(fn)" t nil)
7909
7910 ;;;***
7911 \f
7912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21710 32133
7913 ;;;;;; 817298 180000))
7914 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7915
7916 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7917 Display Ediff's registry.
7918
7919 \(fn)" t nil)
7920
7921 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7922
7923 ;;;***
7924 \f
7925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21710 32133
7926 ;;;;;; 819298 191000))
7927 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7928
7929 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7930 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7931 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7932 which see.
7933
7934 \(fn)" t nil)
7935
7936 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7937 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7938 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7939 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7940
7941 \(fn)" t nil)
7942
7943 ;;;***
7944 \f
7945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21710 32133 446296
7946 ;;;;;; 252000))
7947 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7948 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7949
7950 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7951 Edit a keyboard macro.
7952 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7953 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7954 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7955 its command name.
7956 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7957
7958 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7959
7960 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7961 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7962
7963 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7964
7965 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7966 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7967
7968 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7969
7970 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7971 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7972 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7973 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7974 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7975 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7976
7977 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7978 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7979 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7980 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7981
7982 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7983
7984 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7985 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7986 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7987 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7988 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7989 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7990
7991 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7992
7993 ;;;***
7994 \f
7995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21710 32133 471296
7996 ;;;;;; 381000))
7997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7998
7999 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8000 Set scroll margins.
8001 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8002 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8003
8004 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8005
8006 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8007 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8008
8009 \(fn)" t nil)
8010
8011 ;;;***
8012 \f
8013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21710 32133 446296 252000))
8014 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8015
8016 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8017 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8018 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8019 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8020 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8021 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8022 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8023
8024 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8025 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8026
8027 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8028 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8029 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8030 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8031
8032 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8033 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8034 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8035
8036 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8037 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8038 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8039
8040 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8041
8042 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8043
8044
8045 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8046
8047 ;;;***
8048 \f
8049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21710 32133
8050 ;;;;;; 459296 319000))
8051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8052 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8053
8054 ;;;***
8055 \f
8056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21710
8057 ;;;;;; 32133 458296 314000))
8058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8059 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8060
8061 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8062 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8063 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8064 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8065 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8066 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8067 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8068
8069 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8070
8071 ;;;***
8072 \f
8073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21710 32133 446296
8074 ;;;;;; 252000))
8075 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8076
8077 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8078 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8079
8080 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8081 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8082 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8083
8084 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8085
8086 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8087 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8088 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8089 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8090 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8091 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8092
8093 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8094
8095 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8096 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8098 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8099 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8100
8101 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8102 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8103 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8104
8105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8106
8107 ;;;***
8108 \f
8109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21710 32133 446296
8110 ;;;;;; 252000))
8111 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8112
8113 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8114 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8115
8116 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8117 an elided material again.
8118
8119 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8120
8121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8122
8123 ;;;***
8124 \f
8125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21710 32133
8126 ;;;;;; 460296 324000))
8127 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8128
8129 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8130 Lint the file FILE.
8131
8132 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8133
8134 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8135 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8136 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8137
8138 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8139
8140 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8141 Lint the current buffer.
8142 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8143
8144 \(fn)" t nil)
8145
8146 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8147 Lint the function at point.
8148 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8149
8150 \(fn)" t nil)
8151
8152 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8153 Initialize elint.
8154 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8155 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8156
8157 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8158
8159 ;;;***
8160 \f
8161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21710 32133 460296
8162 ;;;;;; 324000))
8163 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8164
8165 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8166 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8167 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8168
8169 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8170
8171 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8172 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8173 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8174 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8175
8176 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8177
8178 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8179 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8180 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8181
8182 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8183
8184 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8185
8186 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8187 Display current profiling results.
8188 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8189 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8190 displayed.
8191
8192 \(fn)" t nil)
8193
8194 ;;;***
8195 \f
8196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21710 32133 468296
8197 ;;;;;; 366000))
8198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8199
8200 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8201 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8202 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8203 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8204 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8205 ARG is omitted or nil.
8206
8207 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8208 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8209 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8210 used instead.
8211
8212 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8213
8214 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8215 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8216 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8217
8218 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8219
8220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8221
8222 ;;;***
8223 \f
8224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21710 32133
8225 ;;;;;; 600297 52000))
8226 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8227
8228 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8229 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8230 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8231
8232 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8233
8234 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8235
8236 ;;;***
8237 \f
8238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21710 32133 820298
8239 ;;;;;; 196000))
8240 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8241
8242 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8243 Run Emerge on two files.
8244
8245 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8246
8247 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8248 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8249
8250 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8251
8252 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8253 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8254
8255 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8256
8257 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8258 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8259
8260 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8261
8262 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8263
8264
8265 \(fn)" nil nil)
8266
8267 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8268
8269
8270 \(fn)" nil nil)
8271
8272 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8273
8274
8275 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8276
8277 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8278
8279
8280 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8281
8282 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8283 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8284
8285 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8286
8287 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8288 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8289
8290 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8291
8292 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8293
8294
8295 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8296
8297 ;;;***
8298 \f
8299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21710 32133
8300 ;;;;;; 791298 45000))
8301 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8302
8303 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8304 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8305 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8306 text/enriched format.
8307
8308 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8309 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8310 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8311
8312 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8313
8314 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8315 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8316
8317 Commands:
8318
8319 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8320
8321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8322
8323 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8324
8325
8326 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8327
8328 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8329
8330
8331 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8332
8333 ;;;***
8334 \f
8335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21710 32133 475296 402000))
8336 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8337
8338 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8339 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8340
8341 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8342
8343 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8344 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8345
8346 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8347
8348 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8349 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8350 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8351 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8352 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8353 the keys are listed.
8354 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8355
8356 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8357
8358 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8359 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8360 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8361
8362 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8363
8364 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8365 Verify FILE.
8366
8367 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8368
8369 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8370 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8371
8372 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8373
8374 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8375 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8376
8377 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8378
8379 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8380 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8381
8382 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8383 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8384 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8385 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8386
8387 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8388 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8389 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8390 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8391 should consider using the string based counterpart
8392 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8393 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8394
8395 For example:
8396
8397 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8398 (decode-coding-string
8399 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8400 'utf-8))
8401
8402 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8403
8404 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8405 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8406
8407 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8408 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8409
8410 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8411
8412 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8413
8414 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8415 Verify the current region between START and END.
8416
8417 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8418 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8419 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8420 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8421 should consider using the string based counterpart
8422 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8423 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8424
8425 For example:
8426
8427 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8428 (decode-coding-string
8429 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8430 'utf-8))
8431
8432 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8433
8434 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8435
8436 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8437 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8438 between START and END.
8439
8440 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8441 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8442
8443 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8444
8445 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8446
8447 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8448 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8449
8450 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8451 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8452 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8453 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8454 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8455 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8456
8457 For example:
8458
8459 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8460 (epg-sign-string
8461 context
8462 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8463
8464 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8465
8466 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8467
8468 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8469 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8470
8471 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8472 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8473 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8474 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8475 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8476 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8477
8478 For example:
8479
8480 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8481 (epg-encrypt-string
8482 context
8483 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8484 nil))
8485
8486 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8487
8488 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8489
8490 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8491 Delete selected KEYS.
8492
8493 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8494
8495 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8496 Import keys from FILE.
8497
8498 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8499
8500 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8501 Import keys from the region.
8502
8503 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8504
8505 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8506 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8507 between START and END.
8508
8509 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8510
8511 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8512 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8513
8514 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8515
8516 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8517 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8518
8519 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8520
8521 ;;;***
8522 \f
8523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21710 32133 475296
8524 ;;;;;; 402000))
8525 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8526
8527 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8528 Decrypt marked files.
8529
8530 \(fn)" t nil)
8531
8532 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8533 Verify marked files.
8534
8535 \(fn)" t nil)
8536
8537 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8538 Sign marked files.
8539
8540 \(fn)" t nil)
8541
8542 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8543 Encrypt marked files.
8544
8545 \(fn)" t nil)
8546
8547 ;;;***
8548 \f
8549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21710 32133 475296
8550 ;;;;;; 402000))
8551 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8552
8553 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8554
8555
8556 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8557
8558 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8559
8560
8561 \(fn)" t nil)
8562
8563 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8564
8565
8566 \(fn)" t nil)
8567
8568 ;;;***
8569 \f
8570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21710 32133 475296
8571 ;;;;;; 402000))
8572 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8573
8574 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8575 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8576 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8577 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8578 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8579
8580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8581
8582 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8583 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8584 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8585
8586 \(fn)" t nil)
8587
8588 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8589
8590 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8591 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8592 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8593
8594 \(fn)" t nil)
8595
8596 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8597
8598 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8599 Sign the current buffer.
8600 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8601
8602 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8603
8604 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8605
8606 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8607 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8608 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8609 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8610 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8611 and also whether and how to sign.
8612
8613 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8614 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8615 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8616
8617 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8618
8619 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8620
8621 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8622 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8623 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8624
8625 \(fn)" t nil)
8626
8627 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8628
8629 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8630 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8631 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8634 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8635
8636 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8637
8638 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8639 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8641 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8642 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8643
8644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8645
8646 ;;;***
8647 \f
8648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21710 32133 476296 407000))
8649 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8650 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8651
8652 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8653 Return a context object.
8654
8655 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8656
8657 ;;;***
8658 \f
8659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21710 32133 475296
8660 ;;;;;; 402000))
8661 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8662
8663 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8664 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8665
8666 \(fn)" nil nil)
8667
8668 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8669 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8670
8671 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8672
8673 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8674 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8675
8676 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8677
8678 ;;;***
8679 \f
8680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21710 32133 487296 465000))
8681 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8682
8683 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8684 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8685
8686 \(fn)" nil nil)
8687
8688 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8689 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8690 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8691
8692 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8693
8694 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8695 (server (erc-compute-server))
8696 (port (erc-compute-port))
8697 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8698 password
8699 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8700
8701 That is, if called with
8702
8703 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8704
8705 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8706 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8707 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8708
8709 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8710
8711 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8712
8713 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8714 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8715 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8716
8717 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8718
8719 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8720 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8721 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8722 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8723
8724 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8725
8726 ;;;***
8727 \f
8728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21710
8729 ;;;;;; 32133 480296 428000))
8730 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8731 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8732
8733 ;;;***
8734 \f
8735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21710 32133
8736 ;;;;;; 481296 433000))
8737 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8738 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8739
8740 ;;;***
8741 \f
8742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21710 32133
8743 ;;;;;; 481296 433000))
8744 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8745 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8746
8747 ;;;***
8748 \f
8749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21710 32133
8750 ;;;;;; 481296 433000))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8752 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8753
8754 ;;;***
8755 \f
8756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21710 32133 481296
8757 ;;;;;; 433000))
8758 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8759 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8760
8761 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8762 Parser for /dcc command.
8763 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8764 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8765 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8766
8767 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8768
8769 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8770 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8771
8772 \(fn)" nil nil)
8773
8774 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8775 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8776
8777 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8778 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8779 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8780 that subcommand.
8781
8782 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8783
8784 ;;;***
8785 \f
8786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8787 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 481296 433000))
8788 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8789 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8790
8791 ;;;***
8792 \f
8793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21710
8794 ;;;;;; 32133 482296 439000))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8796
8797 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8798 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8799
8800 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8801
8802 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8803 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8804 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8805 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8806
8807 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8808
8809 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8810
8811
8812 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8813
8814 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8815 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8816
8817 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8818
8819 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8820 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8821
8822 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8823
8824 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8825 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8826
8827 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8828
8829 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8830 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8831
8832 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8833
8834 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8835 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8836
8837 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8838
8839 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8840 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8841
8842 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8843
8844 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8845 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8846
8847 \(fn)" nil nil)
8848
8849 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8850 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8851
8852 \(fn)" nil nil)
8853
8854 ;;;***
8855 \f
8856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21710 32133 482296
8857 ;;;;;; 439000))
8858 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8859 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8860
8861 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8862 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8863 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8864
8865 \(fn)" nil nil)
8866
8867 ;;;***
8868 \f
8869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21710 32133
8870 ;;;;;; 482296 439000))
8871 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8872 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8873
8874 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8875 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8876 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8877 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8878 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8879 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8880 system.
8881
8882 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8883
8884 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8885
8886
8887 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8888
8889 ;;;***
8890 \f
8891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21710 32133
8892 ;;;;;; 482296 439000))
8893 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8894
8895 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8896
8897
8898 \(fn)" nil nil)
8899
8900 ;;;***
8901 \f
8902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21710 32133 482296
8903 ;;;;;; 439000))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8905 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8906
8907 ;;;***
8908 \f
8909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21710 32133 482296
8910 ;;;;;; 439000))
8911 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8912 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8913
8914 ;;;***
8915 \f
8916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21710 32133 483296
8917 ;;;;;; 444000))
8918 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8919 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8920
8921 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8922 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8923 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8924 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8925 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8926 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8927
8928 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8929
8930 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8931 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8932 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8933 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8934
8935 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8936 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8937 automatically.
8938
8939 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8940 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8941
8942 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8943
8944 ;;;***
8945 \f
8946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21710 32133
8947 ;;;;;; 483296 444000))
8948 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8949 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8950
8951 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8952 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8953
8954 \(fn)" t nil)
8955
8956 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8957 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8958
8959 \(fn)" t nil)
8960
8961 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8962 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8963
8964 \(fn)" t nil)
8965
8966 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8967 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8968
8969 \(fn)" t nil)
8970
8971 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8972 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8973
8974 \(fn)" t nil)
8975
8976 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8977 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8978
8979 \(fn)" t nil)
8980
8981 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8982 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8983
8984 \(fn)" t nil)
8985
8986 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8987 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8988
8989 \(fn)" t nil)
8990
8991 ;;;***
8992 \f
8993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21710 32133 483296
8994 ;;;;;; 444000))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8996 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8997
8998 ;;;***
8999 \f
9000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21710
9001 ;;;;;; 32133 483296 444000))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9003 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9004
9005 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9006 Show who's gone.
9007
9008 \(fn)" nil nil)
9009
9010 ;;;***
9011 \f
9012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21710
9013 ;;;;;; 32133 483296 444000))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9015
9016 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9017 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9018 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9019 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9020
9021 \(fn)" nil nil)
9022
9023 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9024 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9025
9026 \(fn)" t nil)
9027
9028 ;;;***
9029 \f
9030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21710 32133
9031 ;;;;;; 483296 444000))
9032 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9033 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9034
9035 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9036 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9037 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9038 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9039
9040 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9041
9042 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9043
9044
9045 \(fn)" nil nil)
9046
9047 ;;;***
9048 \f
9049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21710 32133 483296
9050 ;;;;;; 444000))
9051 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9052 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9053
9054 ;;;***
9055 \f
9056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21710
9057 ;;;;;; 32133 484296 449000))
9058 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9059 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9060
9061 ;;;***
9062 \f
9063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21710 32133
9064 ;;;;;; 484296 449000))
9065 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9066 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9067
9068 ;;;***
9069 \f
9070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21710 32133 484296
9071 ;;;;;; 449000))
9072 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9073 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9074
9075 ;;;***
9076 \f
9077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21710
9078 ;;;;;; 32133 484296 449000))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9080 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9081
9082 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9083 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9084
9085 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9086
9087 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9088 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9089 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9090
9091 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9092
9093 ;;;***
9094 \f
9095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21710 32133
9096 ;;;;;; 484296 449000))
9097 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9098 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9099
9100 ;;;***
9101 \f
9102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21710
9103 ;;;;;; 32133 484296 449000))
9104 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9105
9106 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9107 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9108 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9109
9110 \(fn)" t nil)
9111
9112 ;;;***
9113 \f
9114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21710
9115 ;;;;;; 32133 484296 449000))
9116 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9117 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9118
9119 ;;;***
9120 \f
9121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21710 32133
9122 ;;;;;; 484296 449000))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9124 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9125
9126 ;;;***
9127 \f
9128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21710 32133
9129 ;;;;;; 485296 454000))
9130 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9131
9132 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9133 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9134 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9135
9136 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9137
9138 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9139 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9140 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9141 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9142 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9143
9144 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9145 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9146 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9147 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9148
9149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9150 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9151
9152 ;;;***
9153 \f
9154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21710
9155 ;;;;;; 32133 485296 454000))
9156 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9157 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9158
9159 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9160 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9161 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9162 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9163
9164 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9165
9166 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9167 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9168 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9169
9170 \(fn)" t nil)
9171
9172 ;;;***
9173 \f
9174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21710 32133 485296
9175 ;;;;;; 454000))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9177 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9178
9179 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9180 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9181
9182 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9183
9184 ;;;***
9185 \f
9186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21710 32133 461296
9187 ;;;;;; 329000))
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9189
9190 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9191 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9192
9193 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9194 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9195
9196 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9197 useful for assertions in BODY.
9198
9199 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9200
9201 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9202 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9203 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9204
9205 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9206
9207 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9208
9209 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9210
9211 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9212
9213 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9214
9215 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9216 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9217
9218 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9219 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9220 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9221 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9222
9223 Returns the stats object.
9224
9225 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9226
9227 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9228 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9229
9230 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9231 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9232 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9233 the tests).
9234
9235 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9236
9237 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9238 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9239
9240 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9241 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9242 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9243 and how to display message.
9244
9245 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9246
9247 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9248
9249 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9250 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9251
9252 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9253
9254 ;;;***
9255 \f
9256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21710 32133
9257 ;;;;;; 460296 324000))
9258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9259
9260 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9261
9262 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9263 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9264
9265 \(fn)" t nil)
9266
9267 ;;;***
9268 \f
9269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21710 32133
9270 ;;;;;; 490296 480000))
9271 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9272
9273 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9274 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9275
9276 \(fn)" t nil)
9277
9278 ;;;***
9279 \f
9280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21710 32133 491296
9281 ;;;;;; 485000))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9283 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9284
9285 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9286 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9287 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9288 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9289 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9290 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9291 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9292 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9293 buffer selected (or created).
9294
9295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9296
9297 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9298 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9299 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9300
9301 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9302
9303 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9304 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9305 The result might be any Lisp object.
9306 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9307 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9308 corresponding to a successful execution.
9309
9310 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9311
9312 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9313
9314 ;;;***
9315 \f
9316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21710 32133 734297
9317 ;;;;;; 749000))
9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9319
9320 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9321 File name of tags table.
9322 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9323 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9324 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9325 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9326 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9327
9328 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9329 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9330 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9331 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9332
9333 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9334
9335 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9336 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9337 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9338 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9339 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9340 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9341
9342 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9343
9344 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9345 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9346 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9347
9348 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9349
9350 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9351 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9352 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9353 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9354 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9355
9356 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9357
9358 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9359 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9360 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9361 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9362
9363 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9364
9365 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9366 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9367 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9368 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9369 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9370
9371 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9372
9373 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9374 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9375
9376 \(fn)" t nil)
9377
9378 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9379 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9380 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9381 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9382
9383 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9384 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9385 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9386 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9387 file the tag was in.
9388
9389 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9390
9391 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9392 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9393 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9394 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9395 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9396 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9397 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9398 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9399 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9400
9401 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9402
9403 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9404 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9405 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9406 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9407 without directory names.
9408
9409 \(fn)" nil nil)
9410
9411 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9412
9413
9414 \(fn)" nil nil)
9415 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9416 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9417 (progn
9418 (load "etags")
9419 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9420
9421 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9422 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9423 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9424 but does not select the buffer.
9425 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9426
9427 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9428 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9429 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9430 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9431 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9432
9433 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9434
9435 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9436 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9437 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9438
9439 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9440
9441 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9442
9443 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9444 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9445 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9446 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9447
9448 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9449 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9450 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9451 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9452 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9453
9454 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9455
9456 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9457 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9458 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9459
9460 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9461
9462 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9463
9464 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9465 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9466 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9467 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9468 around or before point.
9469
9470 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9471 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9472 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9473 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9474 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9475
9476 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9477
9478 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9479 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9480 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9481
9482 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9483
9484 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9485
9486 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9487
9488 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9489 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9490 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9491 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9492 around or before point.
9493
9494 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9495 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9496 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9497 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9498 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9499
9500 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9501
9502 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9503 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9504 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9505
9506 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9507
9508 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9509
9510 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9511
9512 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9513 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9514 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9515
9516 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9517 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9518 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9519 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9520 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9521
9522 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9523
9524 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9525 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9526 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9527
9528 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9529
9530 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9531
9532 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9533
9534 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9535
9536 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9537 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9538
9539 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9540 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9541 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9542
9543 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9544 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9545
9546 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9547 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9548
9549 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9550
9551 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9552 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9553 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9554 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9555
9556 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9557 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9558 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9559 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9560 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9561
9562 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9563
9564 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9565
9566 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9567 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9568 Stops when a match is found.
9569 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9570
9571 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9572 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9573 restricted to these files.
9574
9575 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9576
9577 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9578
9579 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9580 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9581 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9582 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9583 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9584 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9585 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9586 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9587
9588 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9589 produce the list of files to search.
9590
9591 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9592
9593 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9594
9595 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9596 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9597 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9598 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9599 directory specification.
9600
9601 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9602
9603 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9604 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9605
9606 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9607
9608 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9609
9610 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9611 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9612 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9613 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9614
9615 \(fn)" t nil)
9616
9617 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9618 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9619 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9620 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9621 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9622
9623 \(fn)" t nil)
9624
9625 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9626
9627
9628 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9629
9630 ;;;***
9631 \f
9632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21710
9633 ;;;;;; 32133 575296 922000))
9634 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9635
9636 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9637
9638
9639 \(fn)" nil nil)
9640
9641 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9642 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9643
9644 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9645 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9646
9647 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9648 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9649 primary language.
9650
9651 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9652 even if the buffer is read-only.
9653
9654 See also the descriptions of the variables
9655 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9656
9657 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9658
9659 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9660 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9661
9662 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9663 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9664
9665 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9666 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9667 primary language.
9668
9669 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9670 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9671
9672 See also the descriptions of the variables
9673 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9674
9675 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9676
9677 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9678 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9679 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9680 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9681
9682 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9683
9684 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9685 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9686 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9687 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9688
9689 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9690 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9691 primary language.
9692
9693 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9694 buffer is read-only.
9695
9696 See also the descriptions of the variables
9697 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9698 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9699
9700 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9701
9702 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9703 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9704
9705 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9706 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9707
9708 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9709 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9710 the primary language.
9711
9712 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9713 buffer is read-only.
9714
9715 See also the descriptions of the variables
9716 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9717 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9718
9719 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9720
9721 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9722 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9723 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9724
9725 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9726
9727 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9728 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9729
9730 \(fn)" t nil)
9731
9732 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9733 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9734
9735 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9736 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9737 be 1, 2, or 3.
9738
9739 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9740 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9741 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9742
9743 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9744
9745 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9746
9747 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9748 This function is deprecated.
9749
9750 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9751
9752 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9753 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9754
9755 \(fn)" t nil)
9756
9757 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9758 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9759
9760 \(fn)" t nil)
9761
9762 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9763 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9764
9765 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9766 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9767
9768 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9769 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9770
9771 \(fn)" nil nil)
9772
9773 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9774 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9775
9776 \(fn)" nil nil)
9777
9778 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9779 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9780
9781 \(fn)" nil nil)
9782
9783 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9784 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9785
9786 \(fn)" nil nil)
9787
9788 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9789 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9790 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9791
9792 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9793
9794 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9795
9796
9797 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9798
9799 ;;;***
9800 \f
9801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21710 32133 629297 203000))
9802 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9803
9804 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9805 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9806 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9807 server for future sessions.
9808
9809 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9810
9811 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9812 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9813 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9814
9815 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9816
9817 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9818 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9819 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9820
9821 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9822
9823 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9824 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9825 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9826 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9827 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9828 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9829 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9830 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9831 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9832 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9833 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9834 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9835
9836 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9837
9838 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9839 Display a form to query the directory server.
9840 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9841 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9842
9843 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9844
9845 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9846 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9847 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9848
9849 \(fn)" t nil)
9850
9851 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9852
9853 ;;;***
9854 \f
9855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21710 32133 628297
9856 ;;;;;; 198000))
9857 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9858
9859 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9860 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9861
9862 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9863
9864 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9865 Display URL and make it clickable.
9866
9867 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9868
9869 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9870 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9871
9872 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9873
9874 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9875 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9876
9877 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9878
9879 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9880 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9881
9882 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9883
9884 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9885 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9886
9887 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9888
9889 ;;;***
9890 \f
9891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21710 32133
9892 ;;;;;; 629297 203000))
9893 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9894
9895 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9896 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9897 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9898
9899 \(fn)" t nil)
9900
9901 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9902 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9903
9904 \(fn)" t nil)
9905
9906 ;;;***
9907 \f
9908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21710
9909 ;;;;;; 32133 629297 203000))
9910 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9911
9912 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9913 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9914
9915 \(fn)" t nil)
9916
9917 ;;;***
9918 \f
9919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21710 32133 461296
9920 ;;;;;; 329000))
9921 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9922
9923 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9924 Create an empty ewoc.
9925
9926 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9927
9928 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9929 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9930 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9931 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9932 `insert-before-markers'.
9933
9934 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9935 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9936 respectively, of the ewoc.
9937
9938 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9939 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9940 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9941
9942 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9943
9944 ;;;***
9945 \f
9946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21710 32133 630297 208000))
9947 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9948
9949 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9950 Fetch URL and render the page.
9951 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9952 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9953
9954 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9955 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9956
9957 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9958 Render a file using EWW.
9959
9960 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9961
9962 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
9963 Search the web for the text between the point and marker.
9964 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
9965
9966 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
9967
9968 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9969
9970
9971 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9972
9973 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
9974 Display the bookmarks.
9975
9976 \(fn)" t nil)
9977
9978 ;;;***
9979 \f
9980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21710
9981 ;;;;;; 32133 734297 749000))
9982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9983
9984 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9985 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9986 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9987
9988 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9989
9990 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9991 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9992 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9993 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9994 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9995
9996 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9997
9998 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9999 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10000 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10001 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10002 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10003 executable.
10004
10005 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10006
10007 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10008 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10009 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10010
10011 \(fn)" t nil)
10012
10013 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10014 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10015 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10016 file modes.
10017
10018 \(fn)" nil nil)
10019
10020 ;;;***
10021 \f
10022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21710 32133 492296 491000))
10023 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10024
10025 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10026 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10027 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10028 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10029
10030 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10031
10032 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10033 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10034 to generate such functions.
10035
10036 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10037 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10038 beginning of the expanded text.
10039
10040 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10041 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10042 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10043 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10044
10045 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10046
10047 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10048
10049 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10050 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10051 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10052
10053 \(fn)" nil nil)
10054
10055 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10056 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10057 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10058
10059 \(fn)" t nil)
10060
10061 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10062 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10063 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10064
10065 \(fn)" t nil)
10066 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10067 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10068
10069 ;;;***
10070 \f
10071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21710 32133 735297
10072 ;;;;;; 754000))
10073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10074
10075 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10076 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10077 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10078
10079 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10080 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10081 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10082
10083 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10084
10085 Key definitions:
10086 \\{f90-mode-map}
10087
10088 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10089
10090 `f90-do-indent'
10091 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10092 `f90-if-indent'
10093 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10094 `f90-type-indent'
10095 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10096 `f90-program-indent'
10097 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10098 (default 2).
10099 `f90-associate-indent'
10100 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10101 `f90-critical-indent'
10102 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10103 `f90-continuation-indent'
10104 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10105 `f90-comment-region'
10106 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10107 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10108 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10109 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10110 (default \"!\").
10111 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10112 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10113 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10114 `f90-break-delimiters'
10115 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10116 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10117 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10118 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10119 (default t).
10120 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10121 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10122 `f90-smart-end'
10123 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10124 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10125 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10126 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10127 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10128 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10129 `f90-leave-line-no'
10130 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10131
10132 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10133 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10134
10135 \(fn)" t nil)
10136
10137 ;;;***
10138 \f
10139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21710 32133 492296
10140 ;;;;;; 491000))
10141 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10142
10143 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10144 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10145 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10146 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10147
10148 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10149 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10150 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10151 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10152 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10153
10154 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10155 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10156 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10157 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10158 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10159 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10160 attributes.
10161
10162 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10163 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10164
10165 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10166
10167 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10168 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10169 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10170 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10171
10172 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10173
10174 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10175 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10176 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10177 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10178
10179 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10180 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10181 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10182
10183 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10184 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10185 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10186 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10187
10188 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10189
10190 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10191 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10192 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10193
10194 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10195 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10196 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10197 the same amount).
10198
10199 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10200
10201 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10202 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10203 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10204
10205 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10206 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10207 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10208 will remove any scaling currently active.
10209
10210 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10211
10212 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10213 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10214 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10215
10216 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10217 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10218 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10219 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10220 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10221
10222 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10223 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10224
10225 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10226
10227 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10228 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10229
10230 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10231 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10232 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10233
10234 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10235 the face height as long as the input event read
10236 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10237
10238 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10239 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10240 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10241 will remove any scaling currently active.
10242
10243 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10244 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10245 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10246 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10247 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10248
10249 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10250
10251 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10252 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10253 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10254 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10255 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10256 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10257
10258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10259
10260 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10261 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10262 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10263 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10264 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10265 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10266 `buffer-face-mode'.
10267
10268 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10269 local, and sets it to FACE.
10270
10271 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10272
10273 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10274 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10275 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10276 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10277 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10278 `face' text property.
10279
10280 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10281 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10282 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10283 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10284
10285 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10286 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10287
10288 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10289
10290 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10291 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10292 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10293 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10294
10295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10296
10297 ;;;***
10298 \f
10299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21710 32133
10300 ;;;;;; 601297 57000))
10301 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10302 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10303
10304 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10305 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10306 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10307 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10308
10309 \(fn)" nil nil)
10310
10311 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10312 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10313
10314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10315
10316 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10317 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10318 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10319 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10320
10321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10322
10323 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10324 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10325 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10326 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10327 backup file names and the like).
10328
10329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10330
10331 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10332 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10333 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10334 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10335 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10336 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10337 internally by feedmail):
10338
10339 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10340 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10341 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10342 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10343
10344 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10345 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10346 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10347 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10348 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10349
10350 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10351
10352 ;;;***
10353 \f
10354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21710 32133 494296 501000))
10355 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10356
10357 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10358 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10359 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10360 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10361 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10362 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10363 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10364
10365 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10366
10367 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10368 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10369 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10370 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10371 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10372 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10373 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10374
10375 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10376
10377 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10378
10379 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10380 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10381 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10382 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10383 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10384 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10385
10386 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10387
10388 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10389 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10390 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10391 Return value:
10392 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10393 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10394 * otherwise, nil
10395
10396 \(fn E)" t nil)
10397
10398 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10399 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10400 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10401
10402 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10403
10404 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10405 Try to get a file name at point.
10406 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10407
10408 \(fn)" nil nil)
10409
10410 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10411 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10412
10413 \(fn)" t nil)
10414
10415 ;;;***
10416 \f
10417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21710 32133 494296
10418 ;;;;;; 501000))
10419 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10420
10421 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10422 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10423 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10424 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10425
10426 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10427
10428 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10429 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10430 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10431 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10432 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10433 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10434
10435 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10436
10437 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10438 Add FILE to the file cache.
10439
10440 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10441
10442 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10443 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10444 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10445
10446 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10447
10448 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10449 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10450 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10451
10452 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10453
10454 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10455 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10456 This function does not use any external programs.
10457 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10458 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10459 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10460
10461 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10462
10463 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10464 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10465 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10466 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10467 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10468 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10469 \(directories) is done.
10470
10471 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10472
10473 ;;;***
10474 \f
10475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21710 32133 494296
10476 ;;;;;; 501000))
10477 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10478
10479 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10480 Handle file system monitoring event.
10481 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10482
10483 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10484
10485 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10486
10487 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10488
10489 ;;;***
10490 \f
10491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21710 32133 494296
10492 ;;;;;; 501000))
10493 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10494
10495 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10496 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10497
10498 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10499 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10500 Local Variables list.
10501
10502 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10503 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10504 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10505
10506 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10507
10508 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10509 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10510
10511 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10512
10513 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10514 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10515
10516 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10517 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10518 the -*- line.
10519
10520 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10521 then this function adds it.
10522
10523 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10524
10525 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10526 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10527
10528 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10529
10530 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10531 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10532
10533 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10534
10535 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10536 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10537
10538 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10539
10540 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10541 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10542
10543 \(fn)" t nil)
10544
10545 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10546 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10547
10548 \(fn)" t nil)
10549
10550 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10551 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10552
10553 \(fn)" t nil)
10554
10555 ;;;***
10556 \f
10557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21710 32133 497296
10558 ;;;;;; 517000))
10559 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10560
10561 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10562 Filesets initialization.
10563 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10564
10565 \(fn)" nil nil)
10566
10567 ;;;***
10568 \f
10569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21710 32133 497296
10570 ;;;;;; 517000))
10571 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10572 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10573
10574 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10575 Initiate the building of a find command.
10576 For example:
10577
10578 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10579 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10580 (mtime \"+1\"))
10581 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10582
10583 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10584 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10585
10586 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10587
10588 ;;;***
10589 \f
10590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21710 32133 497296
10591 ;;;;;; 517000))
10592 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10593
10594 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10595 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10596 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10597
10598 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10599
10600 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10601 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10602
10603 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10604
10605 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10606 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10607 and run Dired on those files.
10608 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10609 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10610
10611 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10612
10613 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10614
10615 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10616
10617 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10618 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10619 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10620
10621 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10622 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10623
10624 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10625 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10626
10627 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10628
10629 ;;;***
10630 \f
10631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21710 32133 498296
10632 ;;;;;; 522000))
10633 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10634
10635 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10636 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10637 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10638 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10639 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10640 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10641 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10642
10643 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10644
10645 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10646 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10647 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10648
10649 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10650
10651 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10652
10653 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10654
10655 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10656 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10657 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10658
10659 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10660 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10661
10662 Variables of interest include:
10663
10664 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10665 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10666 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10667
10668 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10669 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10670 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10671
10672 - `ff-ignore-include'
10673 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10674
10675 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10676 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10677
10678 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10679 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10680
10681 - `ff-special-constructs'
10682 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10683 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10684 extracting the filename from that construct.
10685
10686 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10687 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10688
10689 - `ff-search-directories'
10690 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10691 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10692
10693 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10694 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10695
10696 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10697 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10698
10699 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10700 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10701
10702 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10703 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10704
10705 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10706 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10707
10708 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10709
10710 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10711 Visit the file you click on.
10712
10713 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10714
10715 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10716 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10717
10718 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10719
10720 ;;;***
10721 \f
10722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21710
10723 ;;;;;; 32133 461296 329000))
10724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10725
10726 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10727 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10728 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10729
10730 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10731
10732 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10733 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10734 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10735 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10736
10737 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10738 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10739 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10740 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10741
10742 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10743
10744 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10745 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10746
10747 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10748 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10749 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10750 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10751
10752 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10753 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10754 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10755
10756 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10757 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10758 in `load-path'.
10759
10760 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10761
10762 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10763 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10764
10765 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10766 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10767 places point before the definition.
10768 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10769
10770 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10771 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10772 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10773
10774 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10775
10776 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10777 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10778
10779 See `find-function' for more details.
10780
10781 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10782
10783 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10784 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10785
10786 See `find-function' for more details.
10787
10788 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10789
10790 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10791 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10792
10793 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10794 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10795 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10796
10797 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10798 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10799
10800 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10801
10802 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10803 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10804
10805 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10806 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10807 places point before the definition.
10808
10809 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10810
10811 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10812 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10813 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10814
10815 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10816
10817 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10818 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10819
10820 See `find-variable' for more details.
10821
10822 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10823
10824 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10825 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10826
10827 See `find-variable' for more details.
10828
10829 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10830
10831 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10832 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10833 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10834 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10835 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10836 buffer nor display it.
10837
10838 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10839 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10840
10841 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10842
10843 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10844 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10845
10846 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10847 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10848 places point before the definition.
10849
10850 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10851
10852 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10853 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10854 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10855
10856 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10857
10858 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10859 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10860 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10861
10862 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10863
10864 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10865 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10866
10867 \(fn)" t nil)
10868
10869 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10870 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10871
10872 \(fn)" t nil)
10873
10874 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10875 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10876
10877 \(fn)" nil nil)
10878
10879 ;;;***
10880 \f
10881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21710 32133 498296
10882 ;;;;;; 522000))
10883 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10884
10885 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10886 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10887
10888 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10889
10890 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10891 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10892
10893 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10894
10895 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10896 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10897
10898 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10899
10900 ;;;***
10901 \f
10902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21710 32133 498296 522000))
10903 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10904 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10905
10906 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10907 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10908
10909 \(fn)" t nil)
10910
10911 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10912 Display FILE's commentary section.
10913 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10914
10915 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10916
10917 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10918 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10919
10920 \(fn)" t nil)
10921
10922 ;;;***
10923 \f
10924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21710 32133 498296
10925 ;;;;;; 522000))
10926 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10927
10928 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10929 Toggle flow control handling.
10930 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10931 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10932
10933 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10934
10935 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10936 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10937 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10938 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10939 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10940 to get the effect of a C-q.
10941
10942 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10943
10944 ;;;***
10945 \f
10946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21710 32133
10947 ;;;;;; 514296 605000))
10948 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10949
10950 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10951
10952
10953 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10954
10955 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10956
10957
10958 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10959
10960 ;;;***
10961 \f
10962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21710 32133
10963 ;;;;;; 736297 759000))
10964 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10965 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10966
10967 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10968 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10969 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10970 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10971 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10972 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10973
10974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10975
10976 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10977 Turn flymake mode on.
10978
10979 \(fn)" nil nil)
10980
10981 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10982 Turn flymake mode off.
10983
10984 \(fn)" nil nil)
10985
10986 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10987
10988
10989 \(fn)" nil nil)
10990
10991 ;;;***
10992 \f
10993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21710 32133
10994 ;;;;;; 792298 50000))
10995 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10996
10997 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10998 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10999
11000 \(fn)" t nil)
11001 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11002
11003 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11004 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11005 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11006 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11007 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11008
11009 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11010 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11011 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11012
11013 Bindings:
11014 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11015 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11016 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11017 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11018
11019 Hooks:
11020 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11021
11022 Remark:
11023 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11024 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11025 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11026
11027 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11028 consider adding:
11029 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11030 in your init file.
11031
11032 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11033 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11034
11035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11036
11037 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11038 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11039
11040 \(fn)" nil nil)
11041
11042 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11043 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11044
11045 \(fn)" nil nil)
11046
11047 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11048 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11049
11050 \(fn)" nil nil)
11051
11052 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11053 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11054
11055 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11056
11057 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11058 Flyspell whole buffer.
11059
11060 \(fn)" t nil)
11061
11062 ;;;***
11063 \f
11064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21710 32133 498296
11065 ;;;;;; 522000))
11066 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11067 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11068
11069 ;;;***
11070 \f
11071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21710 32133 499296 527000))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11073
11074 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11075 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11076
11077 \(fn)" nil nil)
11078
11079 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11080 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11081
11082 \(fn)" nil nil)
11083
11084 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11085 Toggle Follow mode.
11086 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11087 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11088 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11089
11090 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11091 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11092
11093 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11094 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11095 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11096
11097 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11098 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11099 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11100 movement commands.
11101
11102 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11103 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11104 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11105 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11106 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11107 mileage may vary).
11108
11109 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11110 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11111
11112 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11113
11114 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11115
11116 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11117 \\{follow-mode-map}
11118
11119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11120
11121 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11122 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11123
11124 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11125 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11126 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11127 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11128 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11129 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11130
11131 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11132 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11133 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11134
11135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11136
11137 ;;;***
11138 \f
11139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21710 32133
11140 ;;;;;; 601297 57000))
11141 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11142 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11143
11144 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11145 Toggle Footnote mode.
11146 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11147 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11148 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11149
11150 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11151 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11152 play around with the following keys:
11153 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11154
11155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11156
11157 ;;;***
11158 \f
11159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21710 32133 500296 532000))
11160 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11161
11162 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11163 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11164
11165 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11166 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11167 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11168 C-c < forms-first-record <
11169 C-c > forms-last-record >
11170 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11171 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11172 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11173 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11174 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11175 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11176 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11177 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11178 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11179 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11180
11181 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11182
11183 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11184 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11185
11186 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11187
11188 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11189 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11190
11191 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11192
11193 ;;;***
11194 \f
11195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21710 32133
11196 ;;;;;; 736297 759000))
11197 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11198
11199 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11200 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11201 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11202
11203 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11204 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11205
11206 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11207
11208 Key definitions:
11209 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11210
11211 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11212
11213 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11214 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11215 `fortran-do-indent'
11216 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11217 `fortran-if-indent'
11218 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11219 `fortran-structure-indent'
11220 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11221 (default 3)
11222 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11223 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11224 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11225 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11226 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11227 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11228 nil don't change the indentation
11229 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11230 value of either
11231 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11232 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11233 depending on the continuation format in use.
11234 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11235 indentation for a line of code.
11236 (default 'fixed)
11237 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11238 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11239 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11240 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11241 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11242 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11243 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11244 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11245 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11246 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11247 column 5.
11248 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11249 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11250 statements (default nil).
11251 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11252 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11253 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11254 `fortran-continuation-string'
11255 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11256 line (default \"$\").
11257 `fortran-comment-region'
11258 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11259 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11260 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11261 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11262 as typed (default t).
11263 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11264 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11265
11266 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11267 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11268
11269 \(fn)" t nil)
11270
11271 ;;;***
11272 \f
11273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21710 32133 706297
11274 ;;;;;; 603000))
11275 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11276
11277 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11278 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11279
11280 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11281 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11282
11283 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11284
11285 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11286 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11287
11288 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11289 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11290
11291 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11292
11293 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11294 Compile fortune file.
11295
11296 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11297 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11298
11299 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11300
11301 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11302 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11303
11304 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11305 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11306 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11307 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11308
11309 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11310
11311 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11312 Display a fortune cookie.
11313 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11314 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11315 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11316 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11317
11318 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11319
11320 ;;;***
11321 \f
11322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21710 32133 502296
11323 ;;;;;; 543000))
11324 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11325
11326 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11327 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11328 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11329
11330 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11331 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11332 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11333
11334 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11335 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11336
11337 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11338 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11339
11340 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11341 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11342 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11343 intend to modify existing values, do
11344
11345 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11346
11347 before changing anything.
11348
11349 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11350 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11351
11352 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11353 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11354 to restore the frame.
11355
11356 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11357 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11358 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11359
11360 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11361 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11362 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11363 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11364 FILTER A filter function.
11365
11366 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11367 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11368
11369 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11370
11371 where
11372
11373 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11374 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11375 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11376 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11377 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11378 before restoring it.
11379 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11380
11381 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11382 It must return:
11383 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11384 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11385 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11386
11387 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11388 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11389
11390 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11391 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11392 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11393 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11394 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11395 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11396 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11397
11398 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11399
11400 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11401 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11402
11403 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11404
11405 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11406 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11407 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11408 If nil, check all live frames.
11409
11410 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11411
11412 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11413 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11414 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11415 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11416 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11417 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11418 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11419 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11420 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11421 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11422 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11423
11424 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11425
11426 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11427 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11428
11429 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11430 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11431 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11432 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11433 and window-state is not restored.
11434
11435 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11436 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11437
11438 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11439 t All existing frames can be reused.
11440 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11441 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11442 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11443 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11444
11445 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11446 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11447 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11448 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11449 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11450 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11451 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11452 be created from that parameter alist.
11453
11454 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11455 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11456 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11457 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11458 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11459 - the live frame just restored,
11460 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11461 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11462 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11463
11464 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11465 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11466 nil Keep all frames.
11467 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11468 - FRAME, a live frame.
11469 - ACTION, which can be one of
11470 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11471 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11472 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11473 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11474 Return value is ignored.
11475
11476 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11477 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11478 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11479 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11480 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11481
11482 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11483
11484 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11485
11486 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11487 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11488 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11489
11490 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11491
11492 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11493 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11494 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11495
11496 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11497
11498 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11499 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11500 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11501 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11502
11503 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11504
11505 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11506
11507 ;;;***
11508 \f
11509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21710 32133
11510 ;;;;;; 706297 603000))
11511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11512 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11513
11514 ;;;***
11515 \f
11516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21710 32133
11517 ;;;;;; 738297 770000))
11518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11519
11520 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11521 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11522 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11523
11524 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11525
11526 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11527 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11528 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11529 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11530 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11531 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11532 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11533
11534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11535
11536 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11537 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11538 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11539 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11540
11541 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11542 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11543 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11544 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11545 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11546
11547 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11548 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11549 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11550 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11551
11552 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11553 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11554 shown in some of the buffers.
11555
11556 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11557
11558 The following commands help control operation :
11559
11560 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11561 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11562
11563 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11564 detailed description of this mode.
11565
11566
11567 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11568 | GDB Toolbar |
11569 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11570 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11571 | | |
11572 | | |
11573 | | |
11574 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11575 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11576 | | (comint-mode) |
11577 | | |
11578 | | |
11579 | | |
11580 | | |
11581 | | |
11582 | | |
11583 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11584 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11585 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11586 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11587 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11588 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11589
11590 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11591
11592 ;;;***
11593 \f
11594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21710 32133
11595 ;;;;;; 461296 329000))
11596 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11597
11598 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11599 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11600 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11601 instead (which see).")
11602
11603 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11604 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11605
11606 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11607 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11608 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11609 documentation string instead.
11610
11611 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11612 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11613 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11614 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11615 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11616 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11617 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11618 enders are actually possible.
11619
11620 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11621 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11622
11623 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11624 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11625 `font-lock-keywords'.
11626
11627 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11628 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11629 runs the macro expansion.
11630
11631 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11632 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11633 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11634
11635 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11636
11637 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11638
11639 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11640
11641 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11642
11643 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11644 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11645
11646 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11647
11648 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11649 Enter generic mode MODE.
11650
11651 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11652 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11653 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11654
11655 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11656 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11657
11658 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11659
11660 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11661 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11662 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11663 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11664 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11665 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11666 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11667 `font-lock-keywords'.
11668
11669 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11670
11671 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11672
11673 ;;;***
11674 \f
11675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21710 32133
11676 ;;;;;; 738297 770000))
11677 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11678
11679 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11680 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11681 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11682 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11683 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11684 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11685
11686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11687
11688 ;;;***
11689 \f
11690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21710 32133
11691 ;;;;;; 515296 610000))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11693
11694 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11695 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11696 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11697
11698 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11699
11700 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11701 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11702
11703 Guideline for numbers:
11704 1 - error messages
11705 3 - non-serious error messages
11706 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11707 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11708 9 - messages inside loops.
11709
11710 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11711
11712 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11713 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11714 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11715
11716 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11717
11718 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11719 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11720
11721 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11722
11723 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11724 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11725
11726 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11727 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11728 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11729 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11730 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11731 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11732
11733 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11734 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11735 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11736 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11737 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11738
11739 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11740
11741 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11742
11743 ;;;***
11744 \f
11745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21710 32133 534296 709000))
11746 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11747 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11748 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11749 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11750
11751 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11752 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11753
11754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11755
11756 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11757 Read network news.
11758 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11759 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11760 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11761 name of an NNTP server to use.
11762 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11763 server.
11764
11765 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11766
11767 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11768 Read news as a slave.
11769
11770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11771
11772 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11773 Pop up a frame to read news.
11774 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11775 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11776 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11777 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11778 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11779 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11780 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11781 current display is used.
11782
11783 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11784
11785 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11786 Read network news.
11787 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11788 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11789 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11790
11791 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11792
11793 ;;;***
11794 \f
11795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21710 32133
11796 ;;;;;; 516296 615000))
11797 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11798
11799 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11800 Start Gnus unplugged.
11801
11802 \(fn)" t nil)
11803
11804 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11805 Start Gnus plugged.
11806
11807 \(fn)" t nil)
11808
11809 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11810 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11811
11812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11813
11814 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11815 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11816
11817 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11818 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11819 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11820
11821 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11822 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11823 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11824
11825 \(fn)" t nil)
11826
11827 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11828 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11829
11830 \(fn)" nil nil)
11831
11832 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11833 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11834 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11835 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11836 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11837 supported.
11838
11839 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11840
11841 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11842 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11843 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11844 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11845 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11846 supported.
11847
11848 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11849
11850 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11851 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11852
11853 \(fn)" nil nil)
11854
11855 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11856 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11857 downloaded into the agent.
11858
11859 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11860
11861 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11862 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11863 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11864 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11865
11866 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11867
11868 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11869 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11870
11871 \(fn)" t nil)
11872
11873 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11874 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11875
11876 \(fn)" t nil)
11877
11878 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11879 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11880 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11881
11882 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11883
11884 ;;;***
11885 \f
11886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21710 32133
11887 ;;;;;; 518296 626000))
11888 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11889
11890 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11891 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11892
11893 \(fn)" nil nil)
11894
11895 ;;;***
11896 \f
11897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21710
11898 ;;;;;; 32133 518296 626000))
11899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11900
11901 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11902 Set a bookmark for this article.
11903
11904 \(fn)" t nil)
11905
11906 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11907 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11908
11909 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11910
11911 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11912 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11913 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11914 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11915 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11916
11917 \(fn)" t nil)
11918
11919 ;;;***
11920 \f
11921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21710 32133
11922 ;;;;;; 519296 631000))
11923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11924
11925 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11926 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11927
11928 Usage:
11929 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11930
11931 \(fn)" t nil)
11932
11933 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11934 Generate the cache active file.
11935
11936 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11937
11938 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11939 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11940
11941 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11942
11943 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11944 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11945 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11946 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11947 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11948 supported.
11949
11950 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11951
11952 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11953 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11954 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11955 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11956 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11957 supported.
11958
11959 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11960
11961 ;;;***
11962 \f
11963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21710 32133
11964 ;;;;;; 520296 636000))
11965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11966
11967 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11968 Delay this article by some time.
11969 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11970
11971 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11972 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11973
11974 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11975 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11976
11977 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11978 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11979
11980 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11981
11982 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11983 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11984
11985 \(fn)" t nil)
11986
11987 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11988 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11989 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11990 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11991
11992 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11993 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11994
11995 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11996
11997 ;;;***
11998 \f
11999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21710 32133
12000 ;;;;;; 520296 636000))
12001 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12002
12003 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12004
12005
12006 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12007
12008 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12009
12010
12011 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12012
12013 ;;;***
12014 \f
12015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21710 32133
12016 ;;;;;; 520296 636000))
12017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12018
12019 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12020 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12021
12022 \(fn)" t nil)
12023
12024 ;;;***
12025 \f
12026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21710 32133
12027 ;;;;;; 520296 636000))
12028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12029
12030 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12031 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12032
12033 \(fn)" t nil)
12034
12035 ;;;***
12036 \f
12037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21710 32133
12038 ;;;;;; 520296 636000))
12039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12040
12041 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12042 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12043
12044 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12045
12046 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12047
12048 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12049 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12050
12051 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12052
12053 \(fn)" t nil)
12054
12055 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12056 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12057
12058 \(fn)" t nil)
12059
12060 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12061 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12062
12063 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12064 different input formats.
12065
12066 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12067
12068 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12069 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12070
12071 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12072 different input formats.
12073
12074 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12075
12076 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12077 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12078 The PNG is returned as a string.
12079
12080 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12081
12082 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12083 Convert FILE to a Face.
12084 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12085 726 bytes.
12086
12087 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12088
12089 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12090 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12091
12092 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12093
12094 \(fn)" t nil)
12095
12096 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12097 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12098
12099 \(fn)" nil nil)
12100
12101 ;;;***
12102 \f
12103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21710
12104 ;;;;;; 32133 521296 641000))
12105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12106
12107 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12108 Display gravatar in the From header.
12109 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12110
12111 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12112
12113 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12114 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12115 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12116
12117 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12118
12119 ;;;***
12120 \f
12121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21710 32133
12122 ;;;;;; 522296 647000))
12123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12124
12125 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12126 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12127 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12128 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12129
12130 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12131
12132 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12133 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12134
12135 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12136
12137 ;;;***
12138 \f
12139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21710 32133
12140 ;;;;;; 522296 647000))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12142
12143 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12144
12145
12146 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12147
12148 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12149
12150
12151 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12152
12153 ;;;***
12154 \f
12155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21710 32133
12156 ;;;;;; 523296 652000))
12157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12158
12159 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12160
12161 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12162 Run batched scoring.
12163 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12164
12165 \(fn)" t nil)
12166
12167 ;;;***
12168 \f
12169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21710 32133 523296
12170 ;;;;;; 652000))
12171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12172
12173 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12174
12175
12176 \(fn)" nil nil)
12177
12178 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12179 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12180 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12181
12182 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12183
12184 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12185 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12186
12187 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12188
12189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12190
12191 ;;;***
12192 \f
12193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21710 32133
12194 ;;;;;; 523296 652000))
12195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12196
12197 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12198 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12199 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12200 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12201 group parameters.
12202
12203 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12204 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12205 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12206 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12207
12208 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12209 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12210 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12211 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12212 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12213 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12214 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12215 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12216 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12217 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12218
12219 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12220
12221 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12222 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12223 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12224 nil CATCH-ALL).
12225
12226 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12227 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12228
12229 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12230
12231 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12232 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12233 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12234
12235 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12236
12237 \(fn)" nil nil)
12238
12239 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12240 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12241 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12242
12243 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12244
12245 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12246 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12247 existing groups are considered.
12248
12249 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12250 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12251 returned.
12252
12253 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12254 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12255 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12256 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12257 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12258 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12259 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12260 clauses will be generated.
12261
12262 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12263 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12264 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12265 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12266 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12267 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12268
12269 For example, given the following group parameters:
12270
12271 nnml:mail.bar:
12272 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12273 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12274 nnml:mail.foo:
12275 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12276 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12277 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12278 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12279 nnml:mail.others:
12280 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12281
12282 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12283
12284 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12285 \"mail.bar\")
12286 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12287 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12288 \"mail.others\")
12289
12290 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12291
12292 ;;;***
12293 \f
12294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21710 32133
12295 ;;;;;; 524296 657000))
12296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12297
12298 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12299 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12300 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12301 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12302 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12303 instead.
12304
12305 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12306
12307 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12308 Mail to ADDRESS.
12309
12310 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12311
12312 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12313 Like `message-reply'.
12314
12315 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12316
12317 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12318
12319 ;;;***
12320 \f
12321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12322 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 524296 657000))
12323 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12324
12325 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12326 Send a notification on new message.
12327 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12328 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12329 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12330
12331 This is typically a function to add in
12332 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12333
12334 \(fn)" nil nil)
12335
12336 ;;;***
12337 \f
12338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21710 32133
12339 ;;;;;; 524296 657000))
12340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12341
12342 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12343 Display picons in the From header.
12344 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12345
12346 \(fn)" t nil)
12347
12348 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12349 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12350 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12351
12352 \(fn)" t nil)
12353
12354 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12355 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12356 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12357
12358 \(fn)" t nil)
12359
12360 ;;;***
12361 \f
12362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21710 32133
12363 ;;;;;; 524296 657000))
12364 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12365
12366 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12367 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12368 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12369 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12370
12371 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12372
12373 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12374 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12375 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12376 LIST1 is modified.
12377
12378 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12379
12380 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12381 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12382 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12383
12384 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12385
12386 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12387
12388
12389 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12390
12391 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12392 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12393 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12394
12395 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12396
12397 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12398 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12399 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12400
12401 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12402
12403 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12404
12405 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12406 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12407 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12408
12409 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12410
12411 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12412 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12413 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12414
12415 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12416
12417 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12418 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12419 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12420
12421 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12422
12423 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12424 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12425
12426 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12427
12428 ;;;***
12429 \f
12430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21710
12431 ;;;;;; 32133 525296 662000))
12432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12433
12434 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12435 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12436
12437 \(fn)" t nil)
12438
12439 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12440 Install the registry hooks.
12441
12442 \(fn)" t nil)
12443
12444 ;;;***
12445 \f
12446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21710 32133
12447 ;;;;;; 526296 667000))
12448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12449
12450 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12451 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12452 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12453 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12454 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12455 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12456
12457 \(fn)" t nil)
12458
12459 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12460 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12461 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12462 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12463 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12464
12465 \(fn)" t nil)
12466
12467 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12468
12469
12470 \(fn)" t nil)
12471
12472 ;;;***
12473 \f
12474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21710 32133
12475 ;;;;;; 526296 667000))
12476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12477
12478 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12479 Update the format specification near point.
12480
12481 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12482
12483 ;;;***
12484 \f
12485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21710 32133
12486 ;;;;;; 527296 673000))
12487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12488
12489 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12490 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12491
12492 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12493
12494 ;;;***
12495 \f
12496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21710 32133
12497 ;;;;;; 530296 688000))
12498 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12499
12500 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12501 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12502 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12503
12504 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12505
12506 ;;;***
12507 \f
12508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21710 32133
12509 ;;;;;; 531296 693000))
12510 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12511
12512 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12513 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12514
12515 \(fn)" t nil)
12516
12517 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12518 Install the sync hooks.
12519
12520 \(fn)" t nil)
12521
12522 ;;;***
12523 \f
12524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21710 32133
12525 ;;;;;; 533296 704000))
12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12527
12528 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12529 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12530
12531 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12532
12533 ;;;***
12534 \f
12535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21710 32133 630297
12536 ;;;;;; 208000))
12537 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12538
12539 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12540 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12541 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12542 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12543 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12544 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12545
12546 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12547
12548 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12549
12550 ;;;***
12551 \f
12552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21710 32133 707297
12553 ;;;;;; 608000))
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12555
12556 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12557 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12558
12559 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12560 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12561 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12562
12563 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12564 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12565 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12566
12567 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12568 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12569
12570 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12571 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12572
12573 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12574
12575 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12576
12577 ;;;***
12578 \f
12579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21710 32133
12580 ;;;;;; 630297 208000))
12581 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12582
12583 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12584
12585 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12586 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12587 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12588 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12589 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12590
12591 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12592
12593 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12594 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12595 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12596 or to send e-mail.
12597 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12598 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12599
12600 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12601 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12602
12603 \(fn)" t nil)
12604 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12605
12606 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12607 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12608 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12609 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12610 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12611
12612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12613
12614 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12615 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12616
12617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12618
12619 ;;;***
12620 \f
12621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21710 32133
12622 ;;;;;; 534296 709000))
12623 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12624
12625 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12626 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12627 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12628
12629 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12630
12631 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12632 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12633
12634 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12635
12636 ;;;***
12637 \f
12638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21710 32133 738297
12639 ;;;;;; 770000))
12640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12641
12642 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12643 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12644
12645 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12646
12647 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12648 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12649 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12650 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12651 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12652
12653 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12654 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12655 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12656
12657 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12658
12659 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12660 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12661 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12662 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12663 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12664
12665 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12666
12667 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12668 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12669
12670 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12671
12672 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12673 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12674
12675 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12676 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12677 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12678
12679 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12680 The default find program.
12681 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12682 and others.")
12683
12684 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12685 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12686 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12687 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12688
12689 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12690 How to invoke find and grep.
12691 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12692 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12693 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12694 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12695
12696 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12697
12698 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12699 History list for grep.")
12700
12701 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12702 History list for grep-find.")
12703
12704 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12705 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12706 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12707
12708 \(fn)" nil nil)
12709
12710 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12711
12712
12713 \(fn)" nil nil)
12714
12715 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12716 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12717
12718 \(fn)" nil nil)
12719
12720 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12721 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12722 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12723 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12724 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12725
12726 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12727 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12728
12729 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12730 can easily repeat a grep command.
12731
12732 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12733 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12734 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12735 list is empty).
12736
12737 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12738
12739 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12740 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12741 Collect output in a buffer.
12742 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12743 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12744
12745 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12746 easily repeat a find command.
12747
12748 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12749
12750 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12751
12752 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12753 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12754 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12755 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12756 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12757
12758 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12759 before it is executed.
12760 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12761
12762 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12763 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12764 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12765
12766 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12767
12768 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12769
12770 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12771 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12772 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12773 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12774 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12775
12776 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12777 before it is executed.
12778 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12779
12780 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12781 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12782 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12783 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12784
12785 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12786
12787 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12788 to specify a command to run.
12789
12790 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12791
12792 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12793 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12794 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12795 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12796
12797 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12798
12799 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12800
12801 ;;;***
12802 \f
12803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21710 32133 552296 802000))
12804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12805
12806 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12807 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12808 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12809 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12810 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12811
12812 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12813
12814 ;;;***
12815 \f
12816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21710 32133 739297
12817 ;;;;;; 775000))
12818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12819
12820 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12821 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12822 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12823 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12824
12825 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12826
12827 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12828 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12829 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12830 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12831
12832 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12833
12834 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12835 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12836 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12837 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12838
12839 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12840
12841 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12842 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12843 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12844 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12845
12846 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12847 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12848
12849 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12850
12851 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12852 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12853 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12854 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12855
12856 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12857
12858 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12859 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12860 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12861 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12862
12863 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12864
12865 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12866 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12867 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12868 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12869
12870 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12871
12872 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12873 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12874 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12875 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12876 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12877
12878 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12879 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12880 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12881 original source file access method.
12882
12883 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12884 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12885
12886 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12887
12888 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12889 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12890
12891 \(fn)" t nil)
12892
12893 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12894 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12895 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12897 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12898 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12899
12900 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12901
12902 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12903 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12904 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12905 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12906 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12907
12908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12909
12910 ;;;***
12911 \f
12912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21710 32133 462296
12913 ;;;;;; 335000))
12914 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12915
12916 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12917 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12918 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12919 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12920 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12921 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12922 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12923 set it to.
12924 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12925
12926 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12927
12928 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12929 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12930 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12931 of PLACE.
12932 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12933 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12934 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12935 and SETTER.
12936 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12937 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12938
12939 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12940
12941 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12942
12943 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12944 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12945 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12946 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12947 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12948
12949 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12950
12951 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12952
12953 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12954
12955
12956 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12957
12958 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12959
12960 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12961
12962 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12963 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12964 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12965 well for simple place forms.
12966 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12967 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12968 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12969 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12970 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12971 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12972 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12973
12974 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12975
12976 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12977
12978 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12979 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12980 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12981 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12982 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12983
12984 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12985 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12986 (let ((temp VAL))
12987 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12988 temp)
12989 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12990
12991 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12992
12993 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12994 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12995 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12996 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12997 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12998 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12999
13000 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13001
13002 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13003
13004 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13005 Return a reference to PLACE.
13006 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13007 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13008 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13009 binding mode.
13010
13011 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13012
13013 ;;;***
13014 \f
13015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21710 32133
13016 ;;;;;; 707297 608000))
13017 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13018
13019 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13020 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13021 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13022 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13023
13024 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13025 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13026 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13027 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13028
13029 \(fn)" t nil)
13030
13031 ;;;***
13032 \f
13033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21710 32133 708297
13034 ;;;;;; 614000))
13035 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13036
13037 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13038 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13039
13040 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13041
13042 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13043 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13044 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13045 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13046
13047 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13048
13049 \(fn)" t nil)
13050
13051 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13052 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13053 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13054 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13055 to be updated.
13056
13057 \(fn)" t nil)
13058
13059 ;;;***
13060 \f
13061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21710 32133
13062 ;;;;;; 601297 57000))
13063 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13064
13065 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13066 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13067
13068 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13069
13070 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13071 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13072 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13073
13074 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13075
13076 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13077 Verify a hashcash payment
13078
13079 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13080
13081 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13082 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13083 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13084 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13085 `mail-add-payment-async').
13086
13087 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13088
13089 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13090 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13091 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13092 Calculation is asynchronous.
13093
13094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13095
13096 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13097 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13098 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13099
13100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13101
13102 ;;;***
13103 \f
13104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21710 32133 552296
13105 ;;;;;; 802000))
13106 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13107
13108 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13109 Return the help-echo string at point.
13110 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13111 property, or nil, is returned.
13112 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13113 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13114 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13115
13116 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13117
13118 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13119 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13120 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13121 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13122 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13123
13124 \(fn)" nil nil)
13125
13126 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13127 Display local help in the echo area.
13128 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13129 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13130 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13131 printed instead.
13132
13133 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13134 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13135 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13136
13137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13138
13139 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13140 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13141 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13142
13143 \(fn)" t nil)
13144
13145 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13146 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13147 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13148
13149 \(fn)" t nil)
13150
13151 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13152 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13153 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13154 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13155 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13156 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13157 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13158 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13159 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13160 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13161 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13162
13163 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13164 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13165 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13166 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13167 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13168
13169 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13170 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13171 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13172 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13173 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13174 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13175 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13176 The default is `never'.")
13177
13178 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13179
13180 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13181 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13182 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13183 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13184 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13185 considered different regions.
13186
13187 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13188 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13189 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13190 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13191 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13192 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13193 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13194 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13195 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13196
13197 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13198
13199 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13200 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13201 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13202 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13203 different regions.
13204
13205 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13206 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13207 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13208 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13209 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13210 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13211 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13212 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13213
13214 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13215 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13216 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13217 rarely happens in practice.
13218
13219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13220
13221 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13222 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13223 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13224 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13225 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13226 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13227
13228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13229
13230 ;;;***
13231 \f
13232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21710 32133 553296
13233 ;;;;;; 808000))
13234 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13235
13236 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13237 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13238
13239 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13240
13241 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13242 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13243 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13244
13245 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13246
13247 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13248 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13249 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13250 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13251 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13252 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13253 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13254
13255 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13256 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13257 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13258 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13259 suitable file is found, return nil.
13260
13261 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13262
13263 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13264
13265
13266 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13267
13268 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13269 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13270 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13271 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13272
13273 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13274
13275 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13276 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13277 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13278 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13279 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13280 it is displayed along with the global value.
13281
13282 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13283
13284 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13285 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13286 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13287 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13288
13289 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13290
13291 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13292 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13293 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13294 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13295 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13296
13297 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13298
13299 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13300 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13301
13302 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13303
13304 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13305 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13306
13307 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13308
13309 ;;;***
13310 \f
13311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21710 32133 553296
13312 ;;;;;; 808000))
13313 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13314
13315 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13316 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13317 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13318 window listing and describing the options.
13319 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13320 gives the window that lists the options.")
13321
13322 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13323
13324 ;;;***
13325 \f
13326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21710 32133 553296
13327 ;;;;;; 808000))
13328 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13329
13330 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13331 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13332 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13333 Commands:
13334 \\{help-mode-map}
13335
13336 \(fn)" t nil)
13337
13338 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13339
13340
13341 \(fn)" nil nil)
13342
13343 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13344
13345
13346 \(fn)" nil nil)
13347
13348 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13349 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13350
13351 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13352 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13353 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13354 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13355
13356 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13357 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13358 restore it properly when going back.
13359
13360 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13361
13362 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13363 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13364 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13365 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13366 from `help-mode'.
13367 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13368 it does not already exist.
13369
13370 \(fn)" nil nil)
13371
13372 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13373 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13374
13375 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13376 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13377 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13378 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13379 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13380 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13381 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13382 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13383
13384 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13385 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13386 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13387 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13388
13389 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13390 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13391 that.
13392
13393 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13394
13395 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13396 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13397 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13398 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13399 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13400 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13401
13402 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13403
13404 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13405 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13406 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13407 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13408 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13409
13410 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13411
13412 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13413 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13414
13415 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13416
13417 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13418 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13419 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13420 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13421
13422 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13423
13424 ;;;***
13425 \f
13426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21710 32133
13427 ;;;;;; 462296 335000))
13428 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13429
13430 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13431 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13432
13433 \(fn)" t nil)
13434
13435 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13436 Provide help for current mode.
13437
13438 \(fn)" t nil)
13439
13440 ;;;***
13441 \f
13442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21710 32133 554296 813000))
13443 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13444
13445 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13446 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13447 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13448 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13449 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13450
13451 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13452 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13453
13454 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13455 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13456 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13457 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13458
13459 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13460 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13461 periods.
13462
13463 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13464 in hexl format.
13465
13466 A sample format:
13467
13468 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13469 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13470 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13471 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13472 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13473 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13474 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13475 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13476 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13477 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13478 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13479 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13480 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13481 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13482 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13483
13484 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13485 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13486 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13487
13488 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13489 also supported.
13490
13491 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13492
13493 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13494 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13495 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13496
13497 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13498 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13499 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13500
13501 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13502 into the buffer at the current point.
13503
13504 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13505 into the buffer at the current point.
13506
13507 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13508 into the buffer at the current point.
13509
13510 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13511
13512 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13513 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13514
13515 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13516
13517 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13518
13519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13520
13521 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13522 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13523 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13524 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13525
13526 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13527
13528 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13529 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13530 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13531
13532 \(fn)" t nil)
13533
13534 ;;;***
13535 \f
13536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21710 32133 555296
13537 ;;;;;; 818000))
13538 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13539
13540 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13541 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13543 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13544 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13545
13546 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13547 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13548 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13549 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13550
13551 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13552 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13553 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13554 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13555
13556 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13557 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13558 which can be called interactively, are:
13559
13560 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13561 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13562
13563 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13564 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13565 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13566 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13567
13568 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13569 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13570
13571 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13572 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13573 available face automatically.
13574
13575 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13576 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13577
13578 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13579 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13580 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13581 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13582 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13583 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13584 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13585 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13586 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13587 function returns t.
13588
13589 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13590 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13591
13592 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13593 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13594 form:
13595 Hi-lock: FOO
13596
13597 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13598 position (number of characters into buffer)
13599 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13600 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13601 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13602
13603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13604
13605 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13606 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13607 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13609 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13610 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13611
13612 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13613
13614 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13615 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13616 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13617 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13618 ARG is omitted or nil.
13619
13620 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13621 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13622 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13623
13624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13625
13626 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13627
13628 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13629 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13630 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13631 Use the global history list for FACE.
13632
13633 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13634 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13635 highlighting will not update as you type.
13636
13637 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13638
13639 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13640
13641 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13642 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13643 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13644 Use the global history list for FACE.
13645
13646 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13647 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13648 highlighting will not update as you type.
13649
13650 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13651
13652 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13653
13654 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13655 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13656 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13657 Use the global history list for FACE.
13658
13659 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13660 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13661 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13662
13663 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13664 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13665 highlighting will not update as you type.
13666
13667 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13668
13669 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13670
13671 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13672 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13673 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13674 unless you use a prefix argument.
13675 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13676
13677 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13678 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13679
13680 \(fn)" t nil)
13681
13682 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13683
13684 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13685 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13686 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13687 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13688 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13689 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13690
13691 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13692
13693 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13694 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13695
13696 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13697 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13698 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13699
13700 \(fn)" t nil)
13701
13702 ;;;***
13703 \f
13704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21710 32133
13705 ;;;;;; 740297 780000))
13706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13707
13708 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13709 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13711 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13712 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13713
13714 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13715 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13716 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13717 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13718
13719 `hide-ifdef-env'
13720 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13721 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13722 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13723 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13724 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13725 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13726 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13727
13728 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13729 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13730 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13731 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13732 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13733
13734 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13735 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13736 #endif lines when hiding.
13737
13738 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13739 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13740 is activated.
13741
13742 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13743 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13744 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13745
13746 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13747
13748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13749
13750 ;;;***
13751 \f
13752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21710 32133
13753 ;;;;;; 740297 780000))
13754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13755
13756 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13757 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13758 Each element has the form
13759 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13760
13761 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13762 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13763
13764 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13765 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13766
13767 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13768 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13769 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13770 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13771 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13772 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13773
13774 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13775 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13776
13777 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13778 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13779
13780 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13781 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13782 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13783
13784 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13785 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13786 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13787 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13788 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13789
13790 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13791 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13792 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13793
13794 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13795 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13796 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13797
13798 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13799 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13800
13801 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13802
13803 Key bindings:
13804 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13805
13806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13807
13808 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13809 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13810
13811 \(fn)" nil nil)
13812
13813 ;;;***
13814 \f
13815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21710 32133 555296
13816 ;;;;;; 818000))
13817 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13818
13819 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13820 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13821 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13822 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13823 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13824
13825 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13826 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13827 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13828 this on and off.
13829
13830 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13831 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13832 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13833 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13834 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13835 through various faces.
13836 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13837 buffer with the contents of a file
13838 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13839
13840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13841
13842 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13843 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13844 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13845 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13846 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13847
13848 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13849 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13850 in a distinctive face.
13851
13852 The default value can be customized with variable
13853 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13854
13855 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13856
13857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13858
13859 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13860 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13861 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13862
13863 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13864
13865 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13866 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13867
13868 \(fn)" t nil)
13869
13870 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13871 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13872
13873 \(fn)" t nil)
13874
13875 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13876 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13877
13878 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13879 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13880 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13881 shown in the last face in the list.
13882
13883 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13884 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13885 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13886
13887 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13888
13889 \(fn)" t nil)
13890
13891 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13892 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13893
13894 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13895
13896 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13897 to save the file.
13898
13899 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13900 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13901
13902 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13903 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13904 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13905
13906 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13907
13908 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13909 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13910
13911 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13912 this function is called interactively.
13913
13914 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13915 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13916 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13917
13918 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13919 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13920 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13921
13922 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13923
13924 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13925 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13926 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13927 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13928 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13929 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13930
13931 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13932
13933 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13934 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13935 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13936 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13937 ARG is omitted or nil.
13938
13939 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13940 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13941 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13942
13943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13944
13945 ;;;***
13946 \f
13947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21710 32133 555296
13948 ;;;;;; 818000))
13949 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13950 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13951
13952 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13953 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13954 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13955 or insert functions in this list.")
13956
13957 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13958
13959 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13960 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13961 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13962 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13963 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13964 expansions.
13965 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13966 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13967 undoes the expansion.
13968
13969 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13970
13971 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13972 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13973 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13974 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13975
13976 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13977
13978 ;;;***
13979 \f
13980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21710 32133 555296
13981 ;;;;;; 818000))
13982 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13983
13984 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13985 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13986 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13987 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13988 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13989
13990 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13991 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13992 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13993 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13994 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13995 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13996
13997 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13998 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13999 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14000 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14001
14002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14003
14004 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14005 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14006 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14007 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14008 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14009 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14010
14011 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14012
14013 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14014 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14015 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14016 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14017 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14018
14019 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14020 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14021 windows.
14022
14023 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14024 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14025
14026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14027
14028 ;;;***
14029 \f
14030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21710 32133
14031 ;;;;;; 404296 33000))
14032 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14033
14034 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14035 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14036 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14037
14038 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14039
14040 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14041
14042 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14043 Oriental holidays.
14044 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14045
14046 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14047
14048 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14049
14050 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14051 Local holidays.
14052 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14053
14054 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14055
14056 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14057
14058 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14059 User defined holidays.
14060 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14061
14062 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14063
14064 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14065
14066 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14067 Jewish holidays.
14068 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14069
14070 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14071
14072 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14073
14074 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14075 Christian holidays.
14076 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14077
14078 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14079
14080 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14081
14082 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14083 Islamic holidays.
14084 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14085
14086 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14087
14088 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14089
14090 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14091 Bahá'í holidays.
14092 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14093
14094 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14095
14096 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14097
14098 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14099 Sun-related holidays.
14100 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14101
14102 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14103
14104 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14105
14106 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14107
14108 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14109 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14110 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14111 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14112
14113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14114
14115 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14116 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14117 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14118 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14119 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14120
14121 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14122 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14123
14124 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14125 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14126
14127 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14128 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14129 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14130 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14131 of a holiday list.
14132
14133 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14134
14135 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14136
14137 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14138
14139 ;;;***
14140 \f
14141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21710 32133
14142 ;;;;;; 534296 709000))
14143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14144
14145 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14146 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14147
14148 \(fn)" t nil)
14149
14150 ;;;***
14151 \f
14152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21710 32133
14153 ;;;;;; 556296 823000))
14154 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14155 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14156
14157 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14158 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14159 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14160 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14161 as possible.
14162
14163 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14164 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14165 fontified display.
14166
14167 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14168 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14169
14170 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14171 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14172 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14173
14174 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14175
14176 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14177 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14178 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14179
14180 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14181
14182 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14183
14184 ;;;***
14185 \f
14186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21710 32133 557296
14187 ;;;;;; 829000))
14188 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14189
14190 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14191 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14192
14193 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14194 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14195 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14196
14197 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14198 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14199 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14200 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14201 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14202 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14203
14204 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14205 title of the column.
14206
14207 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14208 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14209 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14210 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14211 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14212
14213 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14214
14215 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14216
14217 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14218 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14219 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14220 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14221 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14222
14223 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14224 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14225 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14226
14227 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14228
14229 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14230
14231 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14232
14233 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14234 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14235 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14236 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14237 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14238 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14239
14240 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14241 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14242 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14243 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14244 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14245 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14246 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14247 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14248 values are:
14249 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14250 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14251 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14252 buffer's modification flag.
14253 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14254 prompted before performing this operation.
14255 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14256 operation is complete, in the form:
14257 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14258 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14259 confirmation message, in the form:
14260 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14261 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14262 macro for exactly what it does.
14263
14264 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14265
14266 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14267
14268 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14269
14270 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14271 Define a filter named NAME.
14272 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14273 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14274 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14275
14276 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14277 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14278 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14279 bound to the current value of the filter.
14280
14281 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14282
14283 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14284
14285 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14286
14287 ;;;***
14288 \f
14289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21710 32133 557296
14290 ;;;;;; 829000))
14291 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14292
14293 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14294 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14295 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14296 buffers which are visiting a file.
14297
14298 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14299
14300 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14301 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14302 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14303 buffers which are visiting a file.
14304
14305 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14306
14307 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14308 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14309 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14310
14311 All arguments are optional.
14312 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14313 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14314 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14315 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14316 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14317 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14318 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14319 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14320 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14321 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14322 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14323 that value locally in this buffer.
14324
14325 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14326
14327 ;;;***
14328 \f
14329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21710
14330 ;;;;;; 32133 404296 33000))
14331 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14332 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14333
14334 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14335 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14336 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14337 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14338
14339 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14340
14341 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14342 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14343 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14344 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14345 ICAL-FILENAME.
14346 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14347 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14348 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14349
14350 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14351
14352 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14353 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14354 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14355 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14356 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14357 non-marking or not.
14358
14359 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14360
14361 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14362 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14363
14364 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14365 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14366 DIARY-FILE.
14367
14368 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14369 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14370 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14371
14372 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14373 non-marking.
14374
14375 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14376 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14377 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14378
14379 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14380
14381 ;;;***
14382 \f
14383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21710 32133 558296
14384 ;;;;;; 834000))
14385 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14386
14387 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14388 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14389 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14390 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14391 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14392 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14393
14394 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14395
14396 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14397 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14398 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14399 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14400 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14401
14402 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14403 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14404 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14405 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14406
14407 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14408 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14409
14410 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14411 completions:
14412
14413 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14414
14415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14416 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14417 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14418 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14419 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14420
14421 ;;;***
14422 \f
14423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21710 32133 740297
14424 ;;;;;; 780000))
14425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14426
14427 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14428 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14429 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14430 Tab indents for Icon code.
14431 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14432 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14433 \\{icon-mode-map}
14434 Variables controlling indentation style:
14435 icon-tab-always-indent
14436 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14437 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14438 icon-auto-newline
14439 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14440 inserted in Icon code.
14441 icon-indent-level
14442 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14443 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14444 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14445 icon-continued-statement-offset
14446 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14447 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14448 icon-continued-brace-offset
14449 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14450 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14451 icon-brace-offset
14452 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14453 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14454 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14455 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14456
14457 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14458 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14459
14460 \(fn)" t nil)
14461
14462 ;;;***
14463 \f
14464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21710
14465 ;;;;;; 32133 742297 790000))
14466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14467
14468 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14469 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14470 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14471 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14472
14473 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14474 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14475 separate frames.
14476
14477 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14478 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14479
14480 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14481 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14482 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14483
14484 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14485
14486 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14487
14488 ;;;***
14489 \f
14490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21710 32133
14491 ;;;;;; 745297 806000))
14492 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14493 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14494
14495 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14496 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14497
14498 The main features of this mode are
14499
14500 1. Indentation and Formatting
14501 --------------------------
14502 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14503 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14504
14505 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14506 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14507 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14508 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14509
14510 Comments are indented as follows:
14511
14512 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14513 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14514 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14515
14516 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14517
14518 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14519 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14520 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14521 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14522 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14523 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14524
14525 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14526 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14527 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14528 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14529
14530 2. Routine Info
14531 ------------
14532 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14533 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14534 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14535 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14536 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14537 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14538 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14539 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14540 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14541 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14542
14543 3. Online IDL Help
14544 ---------------
14545
14546 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14547 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14548 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14549 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14550
14551 4. Completion
14552 ----------
14553 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14554 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14555 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14556 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14557 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14558 upper case.
14559
14560 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14561 --------------------------------
14562 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14563 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14564
14565 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14566 \\fu FUNCTION template
14567 \\c CASE statement template
14568 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14569 \\f FOR loop template
14570 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14571 \\w WHILE loop template
14572 \\i IF statement template
14573 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14574 \\b BEGIN
14575
14576 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14577 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14578
14579 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14580 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14581 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14582 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14583
14584 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14585 -------------------------
14586 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14587 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14588
14589 7. Automatic END completion
14590 ------------------------
14591 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14592 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14593
14594 8. Hooks
14595 -----
14596 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14597 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14598
14599 9. Documentation and Customization
14600 -------------------------------
14601 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14602 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14603 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14604 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14605 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14606 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14607
14608 10.Keybindings
14609 -----------
14610 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14611 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14612 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14613
14614 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14615
14616 \(fn)" t nil)
14617
14618 ;;;***
14619 \f
14620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21710 32133 559296 839000))
14621 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14622
14623 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14624 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14625 The following values are possible:
14626 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14627 displaying...)
14628 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14629 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14630 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14631
14632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14633 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14634
14635 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14636
14637 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14638 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14639 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14640 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14641 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14642 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14643 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14644 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14645 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14646
14647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14648
14649 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14650 Switch to another buffer.
14651 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14652 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14653 in another frame.
14654
14655 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14656 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14657 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14658 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14659 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14660
14661 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14662 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14663
14664 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14665
14666 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14667 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14668 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14669 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14670 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14671 in a separate window.
14672 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14673 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14674 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14675 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14676 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14677 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14678 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14679 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14680 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14681
14682 \(fn)" t nil)
14683
14684 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14685 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14686 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14687 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14688
14689 \(fn)" t nil)
14690
14691 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14692 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14693 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14694 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14695
14696 \(fn)" t nil)
14697
14698 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14699 Kill a buffer.
14700 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14701 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14702
14703 \(fn)" t nil)
14704
14705 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14706 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14707 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14708 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14709
14710 \(fn)" t nil)
14711
14712 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14713 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14714 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14715 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14716
14717 \(fn)" t nil)
14718
14719 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14720 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14721
14722 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14723
14724 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14725 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14726 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14727 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14728 in another frame.
14729
14730 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14731 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14732 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14733 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14734 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14735 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14736
14737 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14738 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14739
14740 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14741
14742 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14743 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14744 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14745 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14746 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14747 in a separate window.
14748 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14749 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14750 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14751 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14752 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14753 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14754 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14755 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14756 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14757 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14758 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14759 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14760 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14761 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14762 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14763 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14764 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14765 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14766
14767 \(fn)" t nil)
14768
14769 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14770 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14771 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14772 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14773
14774 \(fn)" t nil)
14775
14776 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14777 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14778 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14779 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14780
14781 \(fn)" t nil)
14782
14783 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14784 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14785 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14786 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14787
14788 \(fn)" t nil)
14789
14790 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14791 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14792 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14793 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14794
14795 \(fn)" t nil)
14796
14797 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14798 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14799 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14800 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14801
14802 \(fn)" t nil)
14803
14804 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14805 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14806 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14807 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14808
14809 \(fn)" t nil)
14810
14811 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14812 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14813 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14814 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14815
14816 \(fn)" t nil)
14817
14818 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14819 Write current buffer to a file.
14820 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14821 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14822
14823 \(fn)" t nil)
14824
14825 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14826 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14827 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14828 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14829
14830 \(fn)" t nil)
14831
14832 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14833 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14834 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14835 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14836
14837 \(fn)" t nil)
14838
14839 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14840 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14841 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14842 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14843 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14844 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14845
14846 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14847
14848 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14849 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14850 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14851 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14852
14853 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14854
14855 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14856 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14857 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14858 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14859
14860 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14861
14862 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14863 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14864 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14865 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14866 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14867 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14868 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14869 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14870 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14871 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14872 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14873 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14874 with point positioned at the end.
14875 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14876 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14877
14878 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14879
14880 ;;;***
14881 \f
14882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21710 32133 559296 839000))
14883 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14884
14885 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14886 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14887 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14888 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14889
14890 \(fn)" t nil)
14891
14892 ;;;***
14893 \f
14894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21710 32133 559296 839000))
14895 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14896
14897 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14898
14899 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14900 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14901 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14902 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14903 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14904 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14905
14906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14907
14908 ;;;***
14909 \f
14910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21710 32133 561296 849000))
14911 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14912
14913 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14914 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14915 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14916 be determined.
14917
14918 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14919
14920 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14921 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14922 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14923 be determined.
14924
14925 \(fn)" nil nil)
14926
14927 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14928 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14929 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14930 be determined.
14931
14932 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14933
14934 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14935 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14936 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14937 be determined.
14938
14939 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14940
14941 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14942 Determine and return image type.
14943 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14944 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14945 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14946 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14947 use its file extension as image type.
14948 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14949
14950 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14951
14952 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14953 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14954 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14955
14956 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14957
14958 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14959 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14960 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14961
14962 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14963 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14964 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14965 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14966 must be available.
14967
14968 \(fn)" nil nil)
14969
14970 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14971 Create an image.
14972 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14973 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14974 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14975 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14976 use its file extension as image type.
14977 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14978 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14979 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14980 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14981
14982 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14983
14984 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14985 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14986 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14987
14988 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14989
14990 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14991 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14992 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14993 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14994 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14995 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14996 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14997 POS may be an integer or marker.
14998 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14999 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15000 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15001 means display it in the right marginal area.
15002
15003 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15004
15005 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15006 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15007 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15008 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15009 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15010 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15011 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15012 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15013 means display it in the right marginal area.
15014 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15015 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15016 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15017 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15018 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15019
15020 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15021
15022 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15023 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15024 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15025 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15026 STRING is a single space.
15027 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15028 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15029 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15030 means display it in the right marginal area.
15031 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15032
15033 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15034
15035 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15036 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15037 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15038 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15039
15040 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15041
15042 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15043 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15044
15045 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15046
15047 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15048 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15049 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15050 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15051 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15052 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15053 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15054 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15055 satisfied.
15056
15057 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15058
15059 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15060
15061 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15062
15063 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15064 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15065
15066 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15067 documentation string.
15068
15069 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15070 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15071 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15072 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15073 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15074 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15075 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15076 define SYMBOL.
15077
15078 Example:
15079
15080 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15081 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15082
15083 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15084
15085 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15086
15087 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15088 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15089 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15090 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15091
15092 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15093 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15094 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15095 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15096
15097 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15098
15099 \(fn)" nil nil)
15100
15101 ;;;***
15102 \f
15103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21710 32133
15104 ;;;;;; 560296 844000))
15105 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15106 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15107
15108 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15109 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15110 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15111 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15112 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15113 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15114
15115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15116
15117 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15118 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15119
15120 Convenience command that:
15121
15122 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15123 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15124 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15125
15126 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15127 image files in dired and type
15128 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15129
15130 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15131
15132 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15133 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15134
15135 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15136
15137 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15138 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15139 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15140 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15141 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15142 another one).
15143
15144 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15145 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15146 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15147
15148 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15149 instead of erasing it first.
15150
15151 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15152 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15153 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15154 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15155 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15156 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15157
15158 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15159
15160 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15161 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15162 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15163 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15164 displayed.
15165
15166 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15167
15168 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15169
15170 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15171
15172 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15173 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15174
15175 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15176
15177 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15178 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15179 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15180
15181 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15182
15183 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15184 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15185
15186 \(fn)" t nil)
15187
15188 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15189 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15190 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15191 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15192
15193 \(fn)" t nil)
15194
15195 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15196 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15197
15198 \(fn)" t nil)
15199
15200 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15201 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15202
15203 \(fn)" t nil)
15204
15205 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15206 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15207
15208 \(fn)" t nil)
15209
15210 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15211 Display current image file.
15212 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15213 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15214
15215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15216
15217 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15218 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15219
15220 \(fn)" t nil)
15221
15222 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15223 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15224 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15225 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15226 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15227 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15228 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15229
15230 \(fn)" t nil)
15231
15232 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15233 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15234 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15235 easy-to-use form.
15236
15237 \(fn)" t nil)
15238
15239 ;;;***
15240 \f
15241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21710 32133 560296
15242 ;;;;;; 844000))
15243 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15244
15245 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15246 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15247 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15248 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15249
15250 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15251 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15252 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15253 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15254
15255 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15256
15257 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15258 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15259 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15260 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15261
15262 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15263 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15264 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15265 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15266
15267 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15268
15269 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15270 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15271
15272 \(fn)" nil nil)
15273
15274 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15275 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15276 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15277 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15278
15279 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15280
15281 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15282 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15283 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15284 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15285 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15286 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15287
15288 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15289
15290 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15291 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15292 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15293 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15294 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15295
15296 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15297 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15298 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15299
15300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15301
15302 ;;;***
15303 \f
15304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21710 32133 560296
15305 ;;;;;; 844000))
15306 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15307
15308 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15309 Major mode for image files.
15310 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15311 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15312
15313 Key bindings:
15314 \\{image-mode-map}
15315
15316 \(fn)" t nil)
15317
15318 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15319 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15320 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15321 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15322 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15323
15324 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15325 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15326 actual image.
15327
15328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15329
15330 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15331 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15332 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15333 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15334 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15335 to display an image file as the actual image.
15336
15337 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15338 to display an image file as text initially.
15339
15340 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15341 on these modes.
15342
15343 \(fn)" t nil)
15344
15345 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15346
15347
15348 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15349
15350 ;;;***
15351 \f
15352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21710 32133 561296 849000))
15353 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15354
15355 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15356 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15357
15358 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15359
15360 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15361 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15362 in the buffer.
15363
15364 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15365
15366 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15367 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15368 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15369
15370 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15371
15372 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15373 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15374 Each element of this list should have the form
15375
15376 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15377
15378 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15379 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15380 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15381 matches are put).
15382 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15383 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15384 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15385 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15386 another element.
15387 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15388 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15389 the menu item.
15390 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15391 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15392 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15393 the ARGUMENTS.
15394
15395 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15396 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15397 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15398
15399 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15400 create a buffer index.
15401
15402 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15403 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15404 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15405 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15406 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15407
15408 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15409
15410 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15411 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15412
15413 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15414 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15415 called within a `save-excursion'.
15416
15417 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15418
15419 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15420
15421 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15422 Function for finding the next index position.
15423
15424 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15425 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15426 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15427 file.
15428
15429 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15430 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15431
15432 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15433
15434 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15435 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15436
15437 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15438 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15439 It should return the name for that index item.")
15440
15441 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15442
15443 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15444 Function to compare string with index item.
15445
15446 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15447 non-nil if they match.
15448
15449 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15450 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15451 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15452 arguments match\".")
15453
15454 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15455
15456 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15457 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15458 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15459
15460 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15461 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15462
15463 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15464
15465 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15466
15467 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15468 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15469 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15470 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15471
15472 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15473
15474 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15475 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15476
15477 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15478
15479 \(fn)" t nil)
15480
15481 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15482 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15483 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15484 for more information.
15485
15486 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15487
15488 ;;;***
15489 \f
15490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21710 32133
15491 ;;;;;; 580296 948000))
15492 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15493
15494 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15495 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15496
15497 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15498
15499 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15500
15501
15502 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15503
15504 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15505
15506
15507 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15508
15509 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15510
15511
15512 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15513
15514 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15515 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15516
15517 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15518
15519 ;;;***
15520 \f
15521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21710 32133
15522 ;;;;;; 745297 806000))
15523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15524
15525 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15526 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15527 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15528 to that buffer.
15529 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15530 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15531 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15532 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15533
15534 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15535
15536 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15537
15538 ;;;***
15539 \f
15540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21710 32133 563296 860000))
15541 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15542
15543 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15544 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15545 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15546 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15547 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15548 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15549 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15550 first in this list.
15551
15552 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15553 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15554 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15555 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15556 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15557
15558 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15559 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15560 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15561
15562 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15563 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15564
15565 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15566 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15567
15568 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15569 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15570 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15571 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15572 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15573 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15574 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15575 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15576 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15577 with the top-level Info directory.
15578
15579 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15580 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15581
15582 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15583
15584 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15585 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15586 in all the directories in that path.
15587
15588 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15589
15590 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15591
15592 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15593 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15594
15595 \(fn)" t nil)
15596
15597 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15598 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15599
15600 \(fn)" t nil)
15601
15602 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15603 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15604 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15605 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15606
15607 \(fn)" nil nil)
15608
15609 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15610 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15611 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15612 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15613
15614 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15615
15616 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15617 Go to the Info directory node.
15618
15619 \(fn)" t nil)
15620
15621 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15622 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15623 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15624 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15625 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15626 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15627
15628 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15629
15630 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15631 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15632 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15633
15634 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15635
15636 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15637 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15638 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15639 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15640 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15641
15642 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15643
15644 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15645 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15646 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15647 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15648 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15649
15650 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15651 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15652
15653 Selecting other nodes:
15654 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15655 Follow a node reference you click on.
15656 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15657 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15658 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15659 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15660 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15661 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15662 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15663 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15664 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15665 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15666 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15667 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15668 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15669 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15670 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15671 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15672 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15673 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15674 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15675 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15676
15677 Moving within a node:
15678 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15679 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15680 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15681 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15682 move up to the parent node.
15683 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15684 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15685 if there is none.
15686 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15687
15688 Advanced commands:
15689 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15690 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15691 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15692 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15693 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15694 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15695 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15696 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15697 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15698 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15699 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15700 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15701 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15702 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15703 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15704 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15705
15706 \(fn)" t nil)
15707 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15708
15709 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15710 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15711 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15712 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15713 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15714 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15715
15716 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15717 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15718
15719 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15720 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15721 KEY is a string.
15722 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15723 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15724 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15725 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15726
15727 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15728
15729 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15730 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15731 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15732
15733 \(fn)" t nil)
15734
15735 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15736 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15737 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15738
15739 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15740
15741 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15742 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15743 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15744 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15745 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15746 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15747
15748 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15749
15750 ;;;***
15751 \f
15752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21710 32133 562296
15753 ;;;;;; 854000))
15754 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15755
15756 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15757 Throw away all cached data.
15758 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15759 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15760 system.
15761
15762 \(fn)" t nil)
15763 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15764
15765 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15766 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15767 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15768 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15769 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15770 one found at point.
15771
15772 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15773
15774 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15775 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15776
15777 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15778 Display the documentation of a file.
15779 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15780 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15781 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15782 The default file name is the one found at point.
15783
15784 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15785
15786 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15787
15788 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15789 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15790
15791 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15792
15793 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15794 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15795
15796 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15797
15798 ;;;***
15799 \f
15800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21710 32133 562296
15801 ;;;;;; 854000))
15802 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15803 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15804
15805 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15806 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15807 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15808 current info file is the default.
15809
15810 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15811 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15812 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15813 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15814 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15815
15816 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15817 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15818 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15819 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15820 mistake in the reference.
15821
15822 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15823 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15824 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15825
15826 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15827 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15828 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15829 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15830
15831 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15832
15833 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15834 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15835 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15836 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15837 checked.
15838
15839 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15840 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15841 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15842 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15843 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15844 should be harmless.
15845
15846 \(fn)" t nil)
15847
15848 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15849 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15850 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15851 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15852
15853 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15854 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15855 and can take a long time.
15856
15857 \(fn)" t nil)
15858
15859 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15860 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15861 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15862
15863 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15864
15865 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15866 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15867
15868 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15869 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15870 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15871 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15872 all builtins).
15873
15874 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15875 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15876 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15877 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15878 the sources handy.
15879
15880 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15881
15882 ;;;***
15883 \f
15884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21710 32133 564296
15885 ;;;;;; 865000))
15886 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15887
15888 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15889 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15890
15891 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15892
15893 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15894 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15895
15896 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15897
15898 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15899 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15900 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15901 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15902
15903 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15904 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15905 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15906
15907 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15908 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15909 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15910 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15911
15912 \(fn)" t nil)
15913
15914 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15915 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15916 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15917
15918 \(fn)" t nil)
15919
15920 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15921 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15922 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15923 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15924 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15925
15926 \(fn)" nil nil)
15927
15928 ;;;***
15929 \f
15930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21710 32133
15931 ;;;;;; 462296 335000))
15932 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
15933
15934 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
15935
15936
15937 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
15938
15939 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
15940
15941 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
15942
15943 ;;;***
15944 \f
15945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21710 32133
15946 ;;;;;; 414296 85000))
15947 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15948 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15949
15950 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15951 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15952 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15953
15954 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15955
15956 ;;;***
15957 \f
15958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21710
15959 ;;;;;; 32133 565296 870000))
15960 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15961
15962 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15963 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15964
15965 \(fn)" t nil)
15966
15967 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15968 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15969
15970 \(fn)" t nil)
15971
15972 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15973
15974
15975 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15976
15977 ;;;***
15978 \f
15979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21710 32133 573296
15980 ;;;;;; 912000))
15981 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15982 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15983
15984 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15985 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15986 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15987 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15988 accessed via isearchb.
15989
15990 \(fn)" t nil)
15991
15992 ;;;***
15993 \f
15994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21710
15995 ;;;;;; 32133 566296 875000))
15996 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15997
15998 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15999 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16000 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16001 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16002 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16003
16004 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16005
16006 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16007 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16008 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16009 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16010 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16011
16012 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16013
16014 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16015 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16016 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16017 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16018 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16019
16020 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16021
16022 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16023 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16024 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16025 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16026 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16027
16028 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16029
16030 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16031 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16032 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16033 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16034 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16035
16036 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16037
16038 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16039 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16040 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16041 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16042 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16043
16044 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16045
16046 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16047 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16048 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16049 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16050 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16051
16052 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16053
16054 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16055 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16056 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16057 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16058
16059 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16060
16061 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16062 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16063 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16064 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16065
16066 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16067
16068 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16069 Warn that format is read-only.
16070
16071 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16072
16073 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16074 Warn that format is write-only.
16075
16076 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16077
16078 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16079 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16080
16081 \(fn)" t nil)
16082
16083 ;;;***
16084 \f
16085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16086 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 566296 875000))
16087 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16088 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16089 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16090
16091 ;;;***
16092 \f
16093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21710 32133
16094 ;;;;;; 793298 56000))
16095 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16096
16097 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16098
16099 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16100 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16101 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16102 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16103 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16104
16105 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16106
16107 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16108
16109 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16110 Key map for ispell menu.")
16111
16112 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16113 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16114 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16115 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16116
16117 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16118
16119 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16120
16121 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16122
16123 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16124
16125 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16126 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16127 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16128 Valid forms include:
16129 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16130 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16131 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16132 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16133
16134 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16135 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16136 First list is used raw.
16137 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16138
16139 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16140 for skipping in latex mode.")
16141
16142 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16143 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16144 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16145 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16146 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16147 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16148 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16149
16150 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16151 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16152 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16153 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16154
16155 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16156 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16157 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16158 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16159 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16160
16161 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16162 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16163
16164 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16165 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16166
16167 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16168 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16169
16170 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16171 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16172
16173 Return values:
16174 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16175 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16176 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16177 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16178 quit spell session exited.
16179
16180 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16181
16182 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16183 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16184 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16185
16186 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16187
16188 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16189 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16190
16191 Selections are:
16192
16193 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16194 SPC: Accept word this time.
16195 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16196 `a': Accept word for this session.
16197 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16198 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16199 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16200 `?': Show these commands.
16201 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16202 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16203 the aborted check to be completed later.
16204 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16205 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16206 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16207 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16208 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16209 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16210 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16211
16212 \(fn)" nil nil)
16213
16214 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16215 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16216 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16217 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16218
16219 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16220
16221 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16222 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16223 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16224 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16225
16226 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16227
16228 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16229
16230 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16231 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16232 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16233 amount for last line processed.
16234
16235 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16236
16237 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16238 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16239
16240 \(fn)" t nil)
16241
16242 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16243 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16244
16245 \(fn)" t nil)
16246
16247 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16248 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16249 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16250
16251 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16252
16253 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16254 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16255
16256 \(fn)" t nil)
16257
16258 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16259 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16260 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16261 sequence inside of a word.
16262
16263 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16264
16265 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16266
16267 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16268 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16269
16270 \(fn)" t nil)
16271
16272 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16273 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16274 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16275 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16276
16277 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16278 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16279 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16280 available on the net.
16281
16282 \(fn)" t nil)
16283
16284 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16285 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16286 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16287 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16288 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16289
16290 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16291 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16292 spelled.
16293
16294 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16295 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16296 SPC.
16297
16298 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16299 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16300
16301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16302
16303 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16304 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16305 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16306 Don't check included messages.
16307
16308 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16309 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16310 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16311
16312 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16313 in your init file:
16314 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16315 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16316 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16317 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16318
16319 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16320 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16321 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16322
16323 \(fn)" t nil)
16324
16325 ;;;***
16326 \f
16327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21710
16328 ;;;;;; 32133 580296 948000))
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16330
16331 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16332
16333
16334 \(fn)" nil nil)
16335
16336 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16337 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16338 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16339 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16340 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16341 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16342 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16343 necessary to represent OBJ.
16344
16345 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16346
16347 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16348 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16349 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16350 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16351
16352 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16353
16354 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16355 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16356 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16357 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16358 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16359
16360 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16361
16362 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16363 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16364 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16365 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16366
16367 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16368
16369 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16370 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16371 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16372 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16373
16374 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16375
16376 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16377 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16378
16379 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16380
16381 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16382 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16383 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16384 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16385 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16386
16387 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16388
16389 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16390 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16391 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16392 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16393 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16394
16395 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16396
16397 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16398 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16399 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16400
16401 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16402
16403 ;;;***
16404 \f
16405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21710 32133 573296
16406 ;;;;;; 912000))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16408
16409 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16410 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16411 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16412 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16413
16414 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16415
16416
16417 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16418
16419 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16420 Uninstall jka-compr.
16421 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16422 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16423 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16424
16425 \(fn)" nil nil)
16426
16427 ;;;***
16428 \f
16429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21710 32133 746297
16430 ;;;;;; 811000))
16431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16432 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16433
16434 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16435 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16436
16437 \(fn)" t nil)
16438 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16439
16440 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16441
16442 ;;;***
16443 \f
16444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21710 32133 573296 912000))
16445 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16446 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16447
16448 ;;;***
16449 \f
16450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21710 32133
16451 ;;;;;; 471296 381000))
16452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16453
16454 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16455 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16456 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16457 decimal key must be specified.")
16458
16459 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16460
16461 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16462 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16463 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16464 decimal key must be specified.")
16465
16466 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16467
16468 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16469 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16470 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16471 decimal key must be specified.")
16472
16473 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16474
16475 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16476 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16477 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16478 decimal key must be specified.")
16479
16480 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16481
16482 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16483 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16484 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16485 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16486 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16487 keys are bound.
16488
16489 Setup Binding
16490 -------------------------------------------------------------
16491 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16492 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16493 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16494 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16495 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16496 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16497 in the global and local keymaps.
16498
16499 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16500 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16501
16502 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16503
16504 ;;;***
16505 \f
16506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21710
16507 ;;;;;; 32133 566296 875000))
16508 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16509
16510 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16511 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16512 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16513
16514 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16515 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16516 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16517 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16518 shorter.
16519
16520 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16521 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16522 the context of text formatting.
16523
16524 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16525
16526 ;;;***
16527 \f
16528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21710 32133 566296
16529 ;;;;;; 875000))
16530 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16531
16532 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16533 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16534 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16535 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16536 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16537 positions that contains the current selection.")
16538
16539 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16540 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16541 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16542 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16543 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16544 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16545 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16546
16547 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16548
16549 ;;;***
16550 \f
16551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21710 32133 574296 917000))
16552 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16553 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16554 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16555 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16556 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16557 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16558 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16559 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16560
16561 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16562 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16563 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16564
16565 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16566
16567 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16568 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16569 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16570 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16571 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16572
16573 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16574
16575 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16576 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16577 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16578
16579 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16580 defining the macro.
16581
16582 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16583 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16584 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16585
16586 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16587 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16588
16589 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16590
16591 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16592 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16593 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16594 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16595 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16596 under that name.
16597
16598 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16599 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16600 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16601
16602 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16603
16604 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16605 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16606 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16607 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16608
16609 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16610 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16611 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16612 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16613
16614 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16615 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16616
16617 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16618
16619 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16620 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16621 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16622
16623 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16624 macro.
16625
16626 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16627 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16628
16629 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16630 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16631 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16632
16633 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16634 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16635
16636 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16637
16638 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16639 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16640 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16641 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16642
16643 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16644
16645 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16646 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16647 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16648 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16649
16650 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16651 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16652
16653 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16654
16655 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16656 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16657 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16658
16659 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16660
16661 ;;;***
16662 \f
16663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21710
16664 ;;;;;; 32133 580296 948000))
16665 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16666
16667 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16668 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16669 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16670
16671 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16672
16673
16674 \(fn)" nil nil)
16675
16676 ;;;***
16677 \f
16678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21710 32133
16679 ;;;;;; 708297 614000))
16680 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16681 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16682
16683 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16684
16685 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16686 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16687
16688 \(fn)" t nil)
16689
16690 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16691 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16692 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16693 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16694
16695 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16696 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16697 none / 1 | yes | no
16698 2 | yes | yes
16699 3 | no | yes
16700 4 | no | no
16701
16702 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16703 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16704 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16705
16706 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16707
16708 ;;;***
16709 \f
16710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21710 32133
16711 ;;;;;; 581296 953000))
16712 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16713
16714 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16715
16716
16717 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16718
16719 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16720 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16721 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16722 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16723 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16724 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16725
16726 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16727 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16728
16729 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16730
16731 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16732 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16733
16734 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16735
16736 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16737
16738
16739 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16740
16741 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16742
16743
16744 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16745
16746 ;;;***
16747 \f
16748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21710
16749 ;;;;;; 32133 567296 881000))
16750 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16751
16752 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16753 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16754 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16755 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16756
16757 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16758
16759 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16760 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16761 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16762
16763 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16764
16765 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16766 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16767 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16768
16769 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16770
16771 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16772 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16773 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16774 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16775
16776 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16777
16778 ;;;***
16779 \f
16780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16781 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 567296 881000))
16782 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16783
16784 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16785 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16786 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16787 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16788 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16789 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16790 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16791 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16792
16793 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16794 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16795
16796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16797 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16798
16799 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16800
16801 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16802 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16803 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16804 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16805 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16806 `latin1-display-setup'.
16807
16808 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16809
16810 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16811 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16812 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16813 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16814
16815 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16816 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16817
16818 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16819
16820 ;;;***
16821 \f
16822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21710
16823 ;;;;;; 32133 746297 811000))
16824 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16825
16826 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16827 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16828
16829 \(fn)" t nil)
16830
16831 ;;;***
16832 \f
16833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "let-alist.el" (21710 32133 598297
16834 ;;;;;; 42000))
16835 ;;; Generated autoloads from let-alist.el
16836 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16837
16838 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16839 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16840 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16841 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16842
16843 For instance, the following code
16844
16845 (let-alist alist
16846 (if (and .title .body)
16847 .body
16848 .site
16849 .site.contents))
16850
16851 essentially expands to
16852
16853 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16854 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16855 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16856 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16857 (if (and .title .body)
16858 .body
16859 .site
16860 .site.contents))
16861
16862 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16863 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16864 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16865 displayed in the example above.
16866
16867 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16868
16869 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16870
16871 ;;;***
16872 \f
16873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21710 32133 708297 614000))
16874 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16875
16876 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16877 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16878 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16879 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16880 generations (this defaults to 1).
16881
16882 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16883
16884 ;;;***
16885 \f
16886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21710 32133 598297 42000))
16887 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16888 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16889
16890 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16891 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16892 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16893 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16894 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16895
16896 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16897
16898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16899
16900 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16901 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16902 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16903 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16904 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16905 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16906
16907 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16908
16909 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16910 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16911 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16912 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16913 ARG is omitted or nil.
16914
16915 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16916 `linum-on' would do it.
16917 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16918
16919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16920
16921 ;;;***
16922 \f
16923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21710 32133 598297
16924 ;;;;;; 42000))
16925 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16926
16927 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16928 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16929 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16930 is nil, raise an error.
16931
16932 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16933 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16934 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16935 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16936 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16937 defined by the library.
16938
16939 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16940 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16941 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16942 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16943 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16944 proceeds.
16945
16946 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16947 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16948 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16949 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16950
16951 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16952
16953 ;;;***
16954 \f
16955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21710 32133 599297 47000))
16956 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16957
16958 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16959 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16960 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16961
16962 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16963
16964 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16965 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16966 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16967 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16968
16969 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16970 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16971 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16972 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16973 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16974 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16975 the version.)
16976
16977 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16978 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16979
16980 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16981 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16982
16983 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16984 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16985
16986 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16987
16988 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16989 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16990 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16991 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16992 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16993 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16994 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16995 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16996 to constrain a big search.
16997
16998 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16999
17000 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17001 except that FILTER is not optional.
17002
17003 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17004
17005 ;;;***
17006 \f
17007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21710 32133 821298
17008 ;;;;;; 201000))
17009 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17010
17011 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17012 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17013 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17014 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17015 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17016 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17017 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17018 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17019 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17020 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17021
17022 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17023 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17024 associated values:
17025 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17026 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17027 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17028 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17029 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17030
17031 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17032 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17033 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17034
17035 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17036
17037 ;;;***
17038 \f
17039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21710 32133 821298
17040 ;;;;;; 201000))
17041 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17042
17043 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17044 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17045
17046 \(fn)" t nil)
17047
17048 ;;;***
17049 \f
17050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21710 32133 599297 47000))
17051 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17052
17053 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17054 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17055
17056 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17057 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17058
17059 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17060 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17061 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17062
17063 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17064 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17065
17066 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17067 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17068 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17069 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17070 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17071 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17072 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17073
17074 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17075
17076 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17077 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17078 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17079 switch on this list.
17080 See `lpr-command'.")
17081
17082 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17083
17084 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17085 Name of program for printing a file.
17086
17087 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17088 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17089 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17090 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17091 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17092 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17093 argument.")
17094
17095 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17096
17097 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17098 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17099 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17100 for customization of the printer command.
17101
17102 \(fn)" t nil)
17103
17104 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17105 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17106
17107 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17108 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17109 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17110 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17111
17112 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17113 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17114
17115 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17116 for further customization of the printer command.
17117
17118 \(fn)" t nil)
17119
17120 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17121 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17122 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17123 for customization of the printer command.
17124
17125 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17126
17127 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17128 Paginate and print the region contents.
17129
17130 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17131 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17132 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17133 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17134
17135 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17136 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17137
17138 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17139 for further customization of the printer command.
17140
17141 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17142
17143 ;;;***
17144 \f
17145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21710 32133 599297
17146 ;;;;;; 47000))
17147 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17148
17149 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17150 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17151 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17152
17153 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17154
17155 ;;;***
17156 \f
17157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21710 32133 405296
17158 ;;;;;; 38000))
17159 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17160
17161 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17162 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17163 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17164 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17165
17166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17167
17168 ;;;***
17169 \f
17170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21710 32133
17171 ;;;;;; 746297 811000))
17172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17173
17174 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17175 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17176
17177 \(fn)" t nil)
17178
17179 ;;;***
17180 \f
17181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21710 32133 599297 47000))
17182 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17183
17184 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17185 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17186 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17187 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17188 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17189
17190 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17191
17192 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17193 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17194 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17195 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17196 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17197
17198 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17199 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17200 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17201 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17202 bindings.
17203
17204 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17205 use this command, and then save the file.
17206
17207 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17208
17209 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17210 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17211 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17212 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17213 each time the macro executes.
17214 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17215 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17216 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17217 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17218 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17219 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17220 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17221
17222 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17223
17224 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17225 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17226 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17227 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17228
17229 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17230 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17231 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17232 execute.
17233
17234 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17235 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17236
17237 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17238 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17239 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17240 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17241 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17242
17243 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17244 looked like this:
17245
17246 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17247 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17248 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17249
17250 You could enter the names in this format:
17251
17252 foo
17253 bar
17254 baz
17255
17256 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17257
17258 \\C-x (
17259 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17260 \\C-x )
17261
17262 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17263 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17264
17265 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17266 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17267
17268 ;;;***
17269 \f
17270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21710 32133
17271 ;;;;;; 602297 62000))
17272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17273
17274 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17275 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17276 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17277 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17278 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17279 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17280
17281 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17282 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17283 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17284 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17285 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17286
17287 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17288 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17289 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17290 consing a string.)
17291
17292 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17293
17294 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17295 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17296
17297 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17298
17299 ;;;***
17300 \f
17301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21710 32133
17302 ;;;;;; 602297 62000))
17303 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17304
17305 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17306 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17307
17308 \(fn)" nil nil)
17309
17310 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17311
17312
17313 \(fn)" nil nil)
17314
17315 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17316 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17317
17318 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17319
17320 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17321 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17322 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17323 message.
17324
17325 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17326
17327 \(fn)" nil nil)
17328
17329 ;;;***
17330 \f
17331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21710 32133
17332 ;;;;;; 602297 62000))
17333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17334
17335 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17336 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17337 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17338 often correct parser.")
17339
17340 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17341
17342 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17343 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17344 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17345 a value which excludes your own email address.
17346
17347 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17348 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17349
17350 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17351
17352 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17353 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17354
17355 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17356
17357 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17358 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17359 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17360 we return it unconverted.
17361
17362 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17363 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17364
17365 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17366
17367 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17368 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17369 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17370 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17371
17372 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17373
17374 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17375 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17376 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17377 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17378
17379 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17380
17381 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17382 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17383 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17384 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17385 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17386 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17387 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17388 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17389 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17390 as Rmail does.
17391
17392 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17393
17394 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17395 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17396 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17397 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17398 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17399 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17400 matches may be returned from the message body.
17401
17402 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17403
17404 ;;;***
17405 \f
17406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21710 32133
17407 ;;;;;; 602297 62000))
17408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17409
17410 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17411 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17412 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17413 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17414 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17415 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17416
17417 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17418
17419 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17420 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17421 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17422 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17423 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17424
17425 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17426 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17427 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17428 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17429
17430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17431
17432 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17433 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17434
17435 \(fn)" nil nil)
17436
17437 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17438 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17439 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17440
17441 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17442
17443 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17444 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17445 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17446
17447 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17448 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17449 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17450 double-quotes.
17451
17452 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17453
17454 ;;;***
17455 \f
17456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21710 32133
17457 ;;;;;; 602297 62000))
17458 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17459
17460 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17461 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17462 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17463 king@grassland.com
17464 If `parens', they look like:
17465 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17466 If `angles', they look like:
17467 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17468
17469 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17470
17471 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17472 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17473 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17474 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17475 their `Resent-' variants.
17476
17477 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17478 removed from alias expansions.
17479
17480 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17481
17482 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17483 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17484 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17485
17486 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17487 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17488 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17489 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17490
17491 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17492
17493 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17494 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17495 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17496
17497 \(fn)" nil nil)
17498
17499 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17500 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17501 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17502 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17503
17504 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17505
17506 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17507
17508 ;;;***
17509 \f
17510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21710 32133
17511 ;;;;;; 602297 62000))
17512 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17513
17514 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17515 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17516 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17517 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17518
17519 \(fn)" nil nil)
17520
17521 ;;;***
17522 \f
17523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21710
17524 ;;;;;; 32133 747297 816000))
17525 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17526
17527 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17528 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17529
17530 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17531 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17532 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17533 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17534 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17535 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17536
17537 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17538 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17539 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17540 dependency, despite the colon.
17541
17542 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17543
17544 In the browser, use the following keys:
17545
17546 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17547
17548 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17549
17550 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17551 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17552
17553 `makefile-target-colon':
17554 The string that gets appended to all target names
17555 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17556 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17557
17558 `makefile-macro-assign':
17559 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17560 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17561 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17562 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17563 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17564 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17565
17566 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17567 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17568 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17569
17570 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17571 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17572
17573 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17574 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17575 up or down in the browser.
17576
17577 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17578 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17579
17580 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17581 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17582
17583 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17584 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17585 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17586 has been selected in the browser.
17587
17588 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17589 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17590 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17591 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17592 filenames are omitted.
17593
17594 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17595 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17596 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17597 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17598 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17599 the backslash itself intact.
17600 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17601 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17602
17603 `makefile-browser-hook':
17604 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17605 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17606
17607 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17608 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17609 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17610 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17611
17612 \(fn)" t nil)
17613
17614 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17615 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17616
17617 \(fn)" t nil)
17618
17619 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17620 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17621
17622 \(fn)" t nil)
17623
17624 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17625 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17626
17627 \(fn)" t nil)
17628
17629 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17630 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17631
17632 \(fn)" t nil)
17633
17634 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17635 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17636
17637 \(fn)" t nil)
17638
17639 ;;;***
17640 \f
17641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21710 32133 609297
17642 ;;;;;; 99000))
17643 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17644
17645 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17646 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17647 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17648
17649 \(fn)" t nil)
17650
17651 ;;;***
17652 \f
17653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21710 32133 609297 99000))
17654 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17655
17656 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17657
17658 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17659 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17660 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17661 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17662 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17663 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17664 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17665 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17666 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17667 without running the man command.
17668
17669 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17670 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17671 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17672
17673 cat(1)
17674 1 cat
17675
17676 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17677 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17678 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17679 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17680
17681 -a chmod
17682
17683 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17684 otherwise look like a page name.
17685
17686 /my/file/name.1.gz
17687 -l somefile.1
17688
17689 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17690 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17691 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17692
17693 -k pattern
17694
17695 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17696
17697 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17698 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17699
17700 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17701
17702 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17703 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17704
17705 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17706
17707 ;;;***
17708 \f
17709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21710 32133 609297 99000))
17710 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17711 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17712
17713 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17714 Toggle Master mode.
17715 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17716 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17717 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17718
17719 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17720 using the following commands:
17721
17722 \\{master-mode-map}
17723
17724 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17725 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17726 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17727
17728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17729
17730 ;;;***
17731 \f
17732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21710 32133 609297
17733 ;;;;;; 99000))
17734 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17735
17736 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17737 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17738 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17739 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17740 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17741 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17742
17743 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17744
17745 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17746 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17747 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17748 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17749 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17750
17751 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17752 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17753 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17754 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17755
17756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17757
17758 ;;;***
17759 \f
17760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21710 32133 609297 99000))
17761 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17762 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17763
17764 ;;;***
17765 \f
17766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21710 32133 537296
17767 ;;;;;; 725000))
17768 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17769
17770 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17771
17772 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17773 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17774 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17775 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17776 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17777 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17778 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17779 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17780 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17781 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17782 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17783 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17784 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17785 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17786 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17787 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17788 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17789 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17790 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17791 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17792 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17793 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17794 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17795 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17796 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17797 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17798 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17799 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17800 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17801 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17802 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17803 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17804 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17805 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17806 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17807 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17808 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17809 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17810
17811 \(fn)" t nil)
17812
17813 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17814 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17815 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17816 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17817 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17818
17819 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17820
17821 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17822 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17823
17824 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17825
17826 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17827 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17828
17829 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17830
17831 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17832 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17833
17834 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17835
17836 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17837 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17838 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17839
17840 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17841
17842 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17843 Cancel an article you posted.
17844 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17845
17846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17847
17848 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17849 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17850 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17851 header line with the old Message-ID.
17852
17853 \(fn)" t nil)
17854
17855 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17856 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17857
17858 \(fn)" t nil)
17859
17860 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17861 Forward the current message via mail.
17862 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17863 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17864
17865 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17866
17867 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17868
17869
17870 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17871
17872 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17873
17874
17875 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17876
17877 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17878 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17879
17880 \(fn)" t nil)
17881
17882 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17883 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17884
17885 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17886
17887 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17888 Re-mail the current message.
17889 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17890 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17891 you.
17892
17893 \(fn)" t nil)
17894
17895 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17896 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17897
17898 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17899
17900 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17901 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17902
17903 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17904
17905 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17906 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17907
17908 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17909
17910 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17911 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17912
17913 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17914
17915 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17916 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17917 Works by overstriking characters.
17918 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17919 which specify the range to operate on.
17920
17921 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17922
17923 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17924 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17925 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17926 which specify the range to operate on.
17927
17928 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17929
17930 ;;;***
17931 \f
17932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21710
17933 ;;;;;; 32133 747297 816000))
17934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17935 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17936
17937 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17938 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17939
17940 \(fn)" t nil)
17941
17942 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17943 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17944
17945 \(fn)" t nil)
17946
17947 ;;;***
17948 \f
17949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21710 32133
17950 ;;;;;; 603297 68000))
17951 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17952
17953 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17954 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17955 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17956
17957 \(fn)" t nil)
17958
17959 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17960 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17961 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17962 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17963 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17964 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17965 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17966
17967 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17968
17969 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17970 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17971 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17972 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17973 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17974 means current).
17975 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17976 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17977
17978 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17979
17980 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17981 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17982 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17983 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17984 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17985 means current).
17986 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17987 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17988
17989 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17990
17991 ;;;***
17992 \f
17993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21710 32133 615297
17994 ;;;;;; 130000))
17995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17996
17997 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17998 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17999 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18000
18001 \(fn)" t nil)
18002
18003 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18004 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18005 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18006
18007 \(fn)" t nil)
18008
18009 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18010 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18011
18012 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18013 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18014 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18015
18016 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18017 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18018
18019 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18020 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18021
18022 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18023
18024 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18025
18026 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18027 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18028 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18029 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18030 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18031 as `compose-mail'.
18032
18033 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18034 initial Subject field, respectively.
18035
18036 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18037 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18038 are strings.
18039
18040 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18041 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18042
18043 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18044
18045 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18046 Save draft and send message.
18047
18048 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18049 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18050 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18051 Mail Delivery*\".
18052
18053 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18054 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18055 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18056
18057 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18058 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18059 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18060 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18061 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18062 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18063
18064 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18065 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18066
18067 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18068 message and scan line.
18069
18070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18071
18072 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18073 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18074
18075 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18076 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18077 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18078 delete the draft message.
18079
18080 \(fn)" t nil)
18081
18082 ;;;***
18083 \f
18084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21710 32133 616297 135000))
18085 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18086 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18087
18088 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18089
18090 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18091
18092 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18093
18094 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18095 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18096
18097 \(fn)" t nil)
18098
18099 ;;;***
18100 \f
18101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21710 32133
18102 ;;;;;; 617297 141000))
18103 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18104
18105 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18106 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18107 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18108
18109 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18110 the MH mail system.
18111
18112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18113
18114 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18115 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18116 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18117
18118 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18119 the MH mail system.
18120
18121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18122
18123 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18124 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18125
18126 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18127 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18128 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18129 separate command.
18130
18131 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18132 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18133 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18134 format.
18135
18136 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18137
18138 Ranges
18139 ======
18140 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18141 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18142 can be used in several ways.
18143
18144 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18145 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18146 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18147 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18148 page):
18149
18150 <num1>-<num2>
18151 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18152 The range must be nonempty.
18153
18154 <num>:N
18155 <num>:+N
18156 <num>:-N
18157 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18158 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18159 last.
18160
18161 first:N
18162 prev:N
18163 next:N
18164 last:N
18165 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18166
18167 all
18168 All of the messages.
18169
18170 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18171 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18172
18173 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18174 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18175 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18176
18177 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18178
18179 \(fn)" t nil)
18180
18181 ;;;***
18182 \f
18183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21710 32133 621297
18184 ;;;;;; 161000))
18185 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18186
18187 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18188 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18189 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18190 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18191 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18192 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18193 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18194 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18195 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18196 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18197 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18198
18199 \(fn)" t nil)
18200
18201 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18202 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18203 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18204 to its second argument TM.
18205
18206 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18207
18208 ;;;***
18209 \f
18210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21710 32133
18211 ;;;;;; 621297 161000))
18212 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18213
18214 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18215 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18216 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18217 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18218 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18219 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18220
18221 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18222
18223 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18224 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18225 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18226 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18227 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18228
18229 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18230 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18231 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18232 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18233 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18234 is modified to remove the default indication.
18235
18236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18237
18238 ;;;***
18239 \f
18240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21710 32133 623297 172000))
18241 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18242
18243 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18244 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18245 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18246 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18247 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18248 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18249 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18250 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18251 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18252
18253 \(fn)" t nil)
18254
18255 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18256 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18257 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18258 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18259 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18260 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18261 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18262 The return value is always nil.
18263
18264 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18265
18266 ;;;***
18267 \f
18268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21710 32133 623297
18269 ;;;;;; 172000))
18270 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18271 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18272
18273 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18274 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18275
18276 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18277 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18278 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18279 next occurrence.
18280
18281 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18282 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18283 end of the search space).
18284
18285 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18286 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18287 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18288 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18289 should return the previous buffer to search.
18290
18291 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18292 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18293 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18294
18295 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18296 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18297 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18298 Isearch starts.")
18299
18300 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18301 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18302 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18303
18304 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil)
18305
18306 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil)
18307
18308 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18309 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18310 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18311
18312 \(fn)" nil nil)
18313
18314 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18315 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18316 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18317 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18318 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18319 whose names match the specified regexp.
18320
18321 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18322
18323 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18324 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18325 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18326 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18327 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18328 whose names match the specified regexp.
18329
18330 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18331
18332 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18333 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18334 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18335 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18336 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18337 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18338 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18339
18340 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18341
18342 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18343 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18344 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18345 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18346 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18347 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18348 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18349
18350 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18351
18352 ;;;***
18353 \f
18354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21710
18355 ;;;;;; 32133 747297 816000))
18356 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18357 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18358
18359 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18360 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18361
18362 \(fn)" t nil)
18363
18364 ;;;***
18365 \f
18366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21710 32133
18367 ;;;;;; 538296 730000))
18368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18369
18370 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18371 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18372
18373 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18374
18375 ;;;***
18376 \f
18377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21710 32133
18378 ;;;;;; 538296 730000))
18379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18380
18381 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18382 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18383
18384 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18385
18386 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18387 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18388 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18389 the entire message.
18390 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18391
18392 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18393
18394 ;;;***
18395 \f
18396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21710 32133
18397 ;;;;;; 538296 730000))
18398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18399
18400 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18401 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18402 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18403 the entire message.
18404 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18405
18406 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18407
18408 ;;;***
18409 \f
18410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21710 32133 538296
18411 ;;;;;; 730000))
18412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18413
18414 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18415 Insert file contents of URL.
18416 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18417
18418 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18419
18420 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18421 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18422
18423 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18424
18425 ;;;***
18426 \f
18427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21710 32133 539296
18428 ;;;;;; 735000))
18429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18430
18431 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18432 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18433 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18434 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18435 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18436
18437 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18438
18439 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18440 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18441 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18442
18443 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18444
18445 ;;;***
18446 \f
18447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21710 32133 540296 740000))
18448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18449
18450 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18451 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18452
18453 \(fn)" nil nil)
18454
18455 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18456 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18457 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18458 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18459 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18460
18461 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18462 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18463 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18464 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18465 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18466 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18467
18468 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18469
18470 ;;;***
18471 \f
18472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21710 32133 540296
18473 ;;;;;; 740000))
18474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18475
18476 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18477
18478
18479 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18480
18481 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18482
18483
18484 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18485
18486 ;;;***
18487 \f
18488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21710 32133 541296
18489 ;;;;;; 745000))
18490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18491
18492 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18493
18494
18495 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18496
18497 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18498
18499
18500 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18501
18502 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18503
18504
18505 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18506
18507 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18508
18509
18510 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18511
18512 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18513
18514
18515 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18516
18517 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18518
18519
18520 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18521
18522 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18523
18524
18525 \(fn)" nil nil)
18526
18527 ;;;***
18528 \f
18529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21710 32133
18530 ;;;;;; 415296 90000))
18531 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18532
18533 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18534
18535 ;;;***
18536 \f
18537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21710 32133
18538 ;;;;;; 748297 822000))
18539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18540
18541 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18542
18543 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18544 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18545 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18546 followed by the first character of the construct.
18547 \\<m2-mode-map>
18548 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18549 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18550 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18551 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18552 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18553 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18554 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18555 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18556 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18557 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18558 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18559 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18560 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18561 \\[m2-link] link
18562
18563 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18564 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18565 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18566
18567 \(fn)" t nil)
18568
18569 ;;;***
18570 \f
18571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21710 32133 708297
18572 ;;;;;; 614000))
18573 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18574
18575 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18576 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18577
18578 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18579
18580 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18581 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18582
18583 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18584
18585 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18586 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18587
18588 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18589
18590 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18591 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18592
18593 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18594
18595 ;;;***
18596 \f
18597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21710 32133 623297
18598 ;;;;;; 172000))
18599 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18600
18601 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18602 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18603
18604 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18605 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18606 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18607
18608 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18609 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18610 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18611
18612 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18613 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18614
18615 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18616 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18617 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18618 hemisphere you're in.)
18619
18620 To test this function, evaluate:
18621 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18622
18623 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18624
18625 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18626 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18627
18628 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18629 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18630
18631 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18632 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18633 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18634
18635 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18636 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18637
18638 To test this function, evaluate:
18639 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18640
18641 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18642
18643 ;;;***
18644 \f
18645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21710 32133 625297 182000))
18646 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18647
18648 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18649 Main entry point for MPC.
18650
18651 \(fn)" t nil)
18652
18653 ;;;***
18654 \f
18655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21710 32133 708297 614000))
18656 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18657
18658 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18659 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18660
18661 \(fn)" t nil)
18662
18663 ;;;***
18664 \f
18665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21710 32133 625297 182000))
18666 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18667
18668 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18669 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18670 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18671 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18672 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18673 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18674
18675 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18676
18677 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18678 Toggle Msb mode.
18679 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18680 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18681 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18682
18683 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18684 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18685
18686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18687
18688 ;;;***
18689 \f
18690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21710
18691 ;;;;;; 32133 569296 891000))
18692 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18693
18694 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18695 Display a list of all character sets.
18696
18697 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18698 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18699 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18700 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18701 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18702
18703 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18704 but still shows the full information.
18705
18706 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18707
18708 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18709 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18710 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18711
18712 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18713 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18714 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18715 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18716 meanings of these arguments.
18717
18718 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18719
18720 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18721 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18722
18723 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18724
18725 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18726 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18727
18728 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18729
18730 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18731 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18732
18733 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18734
18735 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18736 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18737
18738 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18739 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18740 in place of `..':
18741 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18742 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18743 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18744 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18745 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18746 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18747 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18748 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18749 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18750 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18751 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18752 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18753 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18754 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18755 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18756 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18757
18758 \(fn)" t nil)
18759
18760 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18761 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18762
18763 \(fn)" t nil)
18764
18765 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18766 Display a list of all coding systems.
18767 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18768
18769 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18770 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18771
18772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18773
18774 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18775 Display a list of all coding categories.
18776
18777 \(fn)" nil nil)
18778
18779 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18780 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18781 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18782
18783 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18784
18785 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18786 Display information about FONTSET.
18787 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18788
18789 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18790
18791 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18792 Display a list of all fontsets.
18793 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18794 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18795 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18796
18797 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18798
18799 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18800 Display information about all input methods.
18801
18802 \(fn)" t nil)
18803
18804 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18805 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18806
18807 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18808 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18809 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18810 system which uses fontsets).
18811
18812 \(fn)" t nil)
18813
18814 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18815 Show log of font listing and opening.
18816 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18817 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18818
18819 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18820
18821 ;;;***
18822 \f
18823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21710
18824 ;;;;;; 32133 569296 891000))
18825 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18826
18827 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18828 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18829
18830 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18831 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18832
18833 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18834 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18835
18836 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18837
18838 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18839 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18840 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18841 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18842 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18843 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18844 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18845
18846 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18847 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18848 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18849 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18850 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18851 middle of a character in STR.
18852
18853 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18854 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18855
18856 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18857 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18858 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18859 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18860 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18861
18862 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18863
18864 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18865 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18866
18867 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18868 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18869 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18870
18871 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18872 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18873 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18874
18875 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18876 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18877 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18878 are considered.
18879 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18880 longer than KEYSEQ.
18881 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18882
18883 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18884
18885 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18886 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18887 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18888 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18889 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18890 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18891 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18892 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18893 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18894 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18895 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18896
18897 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18898
18899 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18900 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18901
18902 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18903
18904 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18905 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18906
18907 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18908
18909 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18910 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18911
18912 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18913
18914 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18915 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18916
18917 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18918
18919 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18920 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18921 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18922 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18923 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18924
18925 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18926 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18927
18928 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18929 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18930 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18931 coding systems ordered by priority.
18932
18933 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18934
18935 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18936
18937 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18938 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18939 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18940 language environment LANG-ENV.
18941
18942 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18943
18944 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18945 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18946 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18947 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18948 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18949 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18950
18951 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18952
18953 ;;;***
18954 \f
18955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21710 32133
18956 ;;;;;; 632297 218000))
18957 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18958
18959 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18960 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18961
18962 \(fn)" t nil)
18963
18964 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18965 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18966
18967 \(fn)" t nil)
18968
18969 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18970 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18971
18972 \(fn)" t nil)
18973
18974 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18975 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18976
18977 \(fn)" t nil)
18978
18979 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18980 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18981
18982 \(fn)" t nil)
18983
18984 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18985 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18986
18987 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18988
18989 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18990 Ping HOST.
18991 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18992 `ping-program-options'.
18993
18994 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18995
18996 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18997 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18998
18999 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19000
19001 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19002 Run nslookup program.
19003
19004 \(fn)" t nil)
19005
19006 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19007 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19008
19009 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19010
19011 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19012 Run dig program.
19013
19014 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19015
19016 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19017 Run ftp program.
19018
19019 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19020
19021 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19022 Finger USER on HOST.
19023
19024 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19025
19026 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19027 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19028 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19029 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19030
19031 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19032
19033 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19034
19035
19036 \(fn)" t nil)
19037
19038 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19039 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19040
19041 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19042
19043 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19044 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19045
19046 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19047
19048 ;;;***
19049 \f
19050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21710 32133 632297
19051 ;;;;;; 218000))
19052 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19053
19054 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19055 Return a user name/password pair.
19056 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19057 listed in the PORTS list.
19058
19059 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19060
19061 ;;;***
19062 \f
19063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21710
19064 ;;;;;; 32133 632297 218000))
19065 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19066
19067 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19068 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19069 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19070 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19071 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19072 closes it.
19073
19074 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19075 make it unique.
19076 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19077 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19078 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19079 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19080 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19081 a port number to connect to.
19082
19083 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19084 values:
19085
19086 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19087 nil or `network'
19088 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19089 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19090 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19091 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19092 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19093 an unencrypted connection.
19094 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19095 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19096 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19097 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19098 returned object is a killed process.
19099 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19100 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19101 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19102
19103 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19104 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19105 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19106 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19107 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19108 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19109 or nil if none could be found.
19110 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19111 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19112
19113 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19114
19115 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19116 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19117 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19118
19119 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19120 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19121 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19122
19123 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19124 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19125 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19126
19127 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19128 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19129 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19130 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19131
19132 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19133 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19134
19135 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19136 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19137 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19138 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19139 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19140 or STARTTLS connections.
19141
19142 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19143 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19144
19145 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19146 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19147
19148 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19149 a greeting from the server.
19150
19151 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19152 asynchronously, if possible.
19153
19154 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19155
19156 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19157
19158 ;;;***
19159 \f
19160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21710
19161 ;;;;;; 32133 633297 224000))
19162 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19163
19164 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19165 Check whether newsticker is running.
19166 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19167 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19168
19169 \(fn)" nil nil)
19170
19171 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19172 Start the newsticker.
19173 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19174 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19175 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19176 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19177
19178 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19179
19180 ;;;***
19181 \f
19182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19183 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 634297 229000))
19184 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19185
19186 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19187 Start newsticker plainview.
19188
19189 \(fn)" t nil)
19190
19191 ;;;***
19192 \f
19193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21710
19194 ;;;;;; 32133 634297 229000))
19195 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19196
19197 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19198 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19199
19200 \(fn)" t nil)
19201
19202 ;;;***
19203 \f
19204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21710
19205 ;;;;;; 32133 634297 229000))
19206 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19207
19208 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19209 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19210 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19211 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19212 empty.
19213
19214 \(fn)" nil nil)
19215
19216 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19217 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19218 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19219 running already.
19220
19221 \(fn)" t nil)
19222
19223 ;;;***
19224 \f
19225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21710
19226 ;;;;;; 32133 634297 229000))
19227 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19228
19229 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19230 Start newsticker treeview.
19231
19232 \(fn)" t nil)
19233
19234 ;;;***
19235 \f
19236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21710 32133 541296
19237 ;;;;;; 745000))
19238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19239
19240 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19241 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19242
19243 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19244
19245 ;;;***
19246 \f
19247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21710 32133 542296
19248 ;;;;;; 750000))
19249 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19250
19251 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19252 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19253 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19254 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19255 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19256 symbol in the alist.
19257
19258 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19259
19260 ;;;***
19261 \f
19262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21710 32133
19263 ;;;;;; 542296 750000))
19264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19265
19266 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19267 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19268 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19269
19270 \(fn)" t nil)
19271
19272 ;;;***
19273 \f
19274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21710 32133 546296 771000))
19275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19276
19277 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19278 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19279
19280 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19281
19282 ;;;***
19283 \f
19284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21710 32133 645297 286000))
19285 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19286
19287 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19288
19289 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19290 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19291 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19292
19293 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19294
19295
19296 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19297
19298 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19299 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19300 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19301 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19302 to future sessions.
19303
19304 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19305
19306 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19307 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19308 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19309 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19310 future sessions.
19311
19312 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19313
19314 ;;;***
19315 \f
19316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21710
19317 ;;;;;; 32133 793298 56000))
19318 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19319
19320 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19321 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19322 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19323 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19324 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19325 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19326
19327 \(fn)" t nil)
19328
19329 ;;;***
19330 \f
19331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21710 32133 635297 234000))
19332 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19333 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19334
19335 ;;;***
19336 \f
19337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21710 32133
19338 ;;;;;; 645297 286000))
19339 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19340
19341 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19342 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19343 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19344 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19345
19346 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19347
19348 ;;;***
19349 \f
19350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21710 32133
19351 ;;;;;; 646297 291000))
19352 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19353
19354 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19355 Major mode for editing XML.
19356
19357 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19358 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19359 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19360 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19361 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19362 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19363 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19364
19365 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19366
19367 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19368 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19369
19370 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19371 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19372 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19373 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19374 instead of C-c.
19375
19376 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19377 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19378 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19379 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19380 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19381 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19382
19383 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19384 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19385 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19386
19387 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19388 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19389 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19390
19391 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19392 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19393 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19394 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19395 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19396 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19397 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19398 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19399 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19400
19401 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19402
19403 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19404 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19405
19406 \(fn)" t nil)
19407 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19408
19409 ;;;***
19410 \f
19411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21710 32133
19412 ;;;;;; 647297 296000))
19413 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19414
19415 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19416 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19417 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19418 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19419
19420 \(fn)" t nil)
19421
19422 ;;;***
19423 \f
19424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21710 32133
19425 ;;;;;; 748297 822000))
19426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19427
19428 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19429 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19430
19431 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19432 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19433 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19434 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19435
19436 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19437
19438 Key bindings:
19439 \\{octave-mode-map}
19440
19441 \(fn)" t nil)
19442
19443 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19444 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19445 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19446
19447 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19448
19449 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19450 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19451
19452 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19453 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19454 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19455
19456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19457
19458 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19459
19460 ;;;***
19461 \f
19462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21710 32133
19463 ;;;;;; 749297 827000))
19464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19465
19466 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19467
19468 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19469 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19470 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19471 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19472 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19473
19474 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19475
19476 Customization:
19477
19478 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19479 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19480 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19481 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19482 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19483 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19484 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19485 Directories to search when finding external units.
19486 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19487 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19488
19489 Coloring:
19490
19491 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19492 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19493
19494 \(fn)" t nil)
19495
19496 ;;;***
19497 \f
19498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21710 32133 694297 541000))
19499 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19500
19501 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19502 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19503
19504 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19505
19506 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19507 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19508 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19509 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19510 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19511 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19512
19513 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19514
19515 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19516 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19517 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19518 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19519 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19520
19521 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19522
19523 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19524 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19525
19526 \(fn)" nil nil)
19527
19528 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19529 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19530
19531 \(fn)" nil nil)
19532
19533 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19534 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19535 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19536
19537 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19538 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19539 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19540 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19541 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19542 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19543 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19544 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19545 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19546 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19547
19548 The following commands are available:
19549
19550 \\{org-mode-map}
19551
19552 \(fn)" t nil)
19553
19554 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19555 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19556
19557 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19558 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19559 in special contexts.
19560
19561 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19562 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19563 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19564 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19565 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19566 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19567 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19568 properties in the buffer.
19569 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19570 including any drawers.
19571
19572 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19573
19574 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19575 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19576 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19577 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19578 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19579 and zoom in further.
19580 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19581 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19582
19583 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19584 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19585 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19586 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19587 times right after creating a new headline.
19588
19589 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19590 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19591 is negative, go up that many levels.
19592
19593 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19594 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19595 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19596
19597 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19598 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19599 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19600 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19601
19602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19603
19604 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19605 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19606 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19607 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19608
19609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19610 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19611
19612 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19613 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19614 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19615 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19616 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19617 defined by Org-mode).
19618
19619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19620
19621 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19622 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19623
19624 \(fn)" nil nil)
19625
19626 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19627 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19628
19629 \(fn)" nil nil)
19630
19631 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19632 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19633 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19634 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19635 call CMD.
19636
19637 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19638
19639 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19640 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19641 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19642 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19643
19644 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19645 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19646 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19647
19648 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19649 part of Org's core.
19650
19651 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19652 active region.
19653
19654 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19655
19656 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19657 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19658 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19659
19660 \(fn)" t nil)
19661
19662 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19663 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19664 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19665 Org-mode syntax.
19666
19667 \(fn)" t nil)
19668
19669 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19670 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19671
19672 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19673
19674 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19675 Switch between Org buffers.
19676 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19677 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19678
19679 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19680 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19681
19682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19683
19684 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19685
19686 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19687
19688 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19689 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19690 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19691 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19692
19693 \(fn)" t nil)
19694
19695 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19696 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19697
19698 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19699
19700 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19701 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19702 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19703
19704 \(fn)" t nil)
19705
19706 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19707 Reload all org lisp files.
19708 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19709
19710 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19711
19712 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19713 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19714
19715 \(fn)" t nil)
19716
19717 ;;;***
19718 \f
19719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21710 32133
19720 ;;;;;; 676297 447000))
19721 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19722
19723 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19724 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19725
19726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19727
19728 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19729 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19730 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19731 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19732
19733 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19734 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19735 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19736 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19737 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19738 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19739 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19740 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19741 e Export views to associated files.
19742 s Search entries for keywords.
19743 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19744 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19745 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19746 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19747 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19748 > Remove a previous restriction.
19749 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19750 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19751 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19752
19753 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19754 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19755 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19756
19757 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19758 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19759 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19760 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19761 \(if active).
19762
19763 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19764
19765 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19766 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19767 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19768 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19769 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19770 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19771 before running the agenda command.
19772
19773 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19774
19775 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19776 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19777 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19778 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19779 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19780 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19781 before running the agenda command.
19782
19783 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19784 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19785
19786 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19787
19788 category The category of the item
19789 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19790 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19791 todo selected in TODO match
19792 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19793 diary imported from diary
19794 deadline a deadline on given date
19795 scheduled scheduled on given date
19796 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19797 closed entry was closed on given date
19798 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19799 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19800 block entry has date block including g. date
19801 todo The todo keyword, if any
19802 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19803 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19804 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19805 extra Sting with extra planning info
19806 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19807 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19808 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19809
19810 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19811
19812 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19813 Store agenda views.
19814
19815 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19816
19817 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19818 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19819
19820 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19821
19822 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19823 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19824 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19825 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19826
19827 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19828 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19829 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19830
19831 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19832 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19833
19834 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19835 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19836
19837 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19838
19839 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19840 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19841
19842 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19843 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19844 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19845 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19846 EDIT-AT.
19847
19848 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19849 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19850 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19851 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19852 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19853 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19854
19855 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19856 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19857 including newlines.
19858
19859 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19860 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19861 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19862 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19863 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19864 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19865 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19866
19867 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19868 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19869 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19870 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19871
19872 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19873 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19874 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19875 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19876 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19877 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19878 Boolean search must match as full words.
19879
19880 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19881 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19882
19883 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19884
19885 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19886 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19887 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19888 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19889 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19890 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19891
19892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19893
19894 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19895 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19896 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19897
19898 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19899
19900 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19901 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19902 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19903 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19904 `org-stuck-projects'.
19905
19906 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19907
19908 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19909 Return diary information from org files.
19910 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19911 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19912 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19913 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19914 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19915
19916 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19917
19918 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19919
19920 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19921 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19922
19923 &%%(org-diary)
19924
19925 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19926 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19927 So the example above may also be written as
19928
19929 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19930
19931 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19932 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19933 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19934
19935 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19936
19937 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19938 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19939
19940 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19941
19942 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19943 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19944 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19945 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19946 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19947
19948 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19949
19950 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19951 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19952 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19953
19954 \(fn)" t nil)
19955
19956 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19957 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19958 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19959 appointments.
19960
19961 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19962 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19963
19964 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19965 for filtering entries out.
19966
19967 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19968 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19969 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19970
19971 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19972 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19973
19974 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19975 (category \"Work\"))
19976
19977 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19978 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19979
19980 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19981 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19982 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19983 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19984 details and examples.
19985
19986 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19987 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19988
19989 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19990
19991 ;;;***
19992 \f
19993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21710 32133
19994 ;;;;;; 678297 458000))
19995 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19996
19997 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19998 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19999
20000 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20001
20002 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20003 Capture something.
20004 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20005 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20006 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20007 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20008 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20009 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20010
20011 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20012 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20013 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20014 stored.
20015
20016 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20017
20018 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20019 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20020 will be bypassed.
20021
20022 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20023 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20024 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20025 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20026
20027 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20028
20029 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20030 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20031
20032 \(fn)" t nil)
20033
20034 ;;;***
20035 \f
20036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21710 32133
20037 ;;;;;; 679297 463000))
20038 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20039
20040 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20041 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20042
20043 \(fn)" t nil)
20044
20045 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20046
20047
20048 \(fn)" nil nil)
20049
20050 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20051 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20052 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20053
20054 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20055
20056 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20057 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20058
20059 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20060
20061 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20062 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20063
20064 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20065
20066 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20067 Write the column view table.
20068 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20069
20070 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20071 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20072 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20073 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20074 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20075 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20076 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20077 using `org-id-find'.
20078 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20079 a hline before each level <= that number.
20080 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20081 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20082 :skip-empty-rows
20083 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20084 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20085
20086 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20087
20088 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20089 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20090
20091 \(fn)" t nil)
20092
20093 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20094 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20095
20096 \(fn)" t nil)
20097
20098 ;;;***
20099 \f
20100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21710 32133
20101 ;;;;;; 679297 463000))
20102 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20103
20104 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20105 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20106
20107 \(fn)" nil t)
20108
20109 ;;;***
20110 \f
20111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21710 32133 684297
20112 ;;;;;; 489000))
20113 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20114
20115 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20116 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20117
20118 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20119
20120 ;;;***
20121 \f
20122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21710 32133
20123 ;;;;;; 687297 504000))
20124 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20125
20126 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20127 The release version of org-mode.
20128 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20129
20130 \(fn)" nil nil)
20131
20132 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20133 The Git version of org-mode.
20134 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20135
20136 \(fn)" nil nil)
20137
20138 ;;;***
20139 \f
20140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21710 32133 702297
20141 ;;;;;; 582000))
20142 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20143 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20144 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20145
20146 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20147 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20148 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20149 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20150
20151 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20152 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20153 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20154 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20155
20156 \\{outline-mode-map}
20157 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20158 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20159 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20160 are used when point is on a heading line.
20161
20162 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20163 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20164 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20165
20166 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20167 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20168
20169 \(fn)" t nil)
20170
20171 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20172 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20173 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20174 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20175 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20176
20177 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20178
20179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20180 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20181
20182 ;;;***
20183 \f
20184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21710 32133
20185 ;;;;;; 464296 345000))
20186 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20187 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20188
20189 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20190 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20191 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20192 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20193 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20194
20195 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20196 activate the package system at any time.")
20197
20198 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20199
20200 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20201 Install the package PKG.
20202 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20203 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20204
20205 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20206
20207 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20208 Install a package from the current buffer.
20209 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20210 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20211 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20212
20213 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20214 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20215 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20216
20217 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20218
20219 \(fn)" t nil)
20220
20221 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20222 Install a package from a file.
20223 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20224
20225 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20226
20227 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20228 Import keys from FILE.
20229
20230 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20231
20232 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20233 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20234 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20235 makes them available for download.
20236
20237 \(fn)" t nil)
20238
20239 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20240 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20241 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20242 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20243
20244 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20245
20246 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20247 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20248
20249 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20250
20251 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20252 Display a list of packages.
20253 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20254 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20255 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20256
20257 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20258
20259 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20260
20261 ;;;***
20262 \f
20263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21710 32133 702297 582000))
20264 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20265
20266 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20267 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20268 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20270 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20271 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20272
20273 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20274
20275 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20276 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20278 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20279 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20280
20281 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20282 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20283 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20284
20285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20286
20287 ;;;***
20288 \f
20289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21710
20290 ;;;;;; 32133 405296 38000))
20291 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20292 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20293
20294 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20295 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20296 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20297 unknown are returned as nil.
20298
20299 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20300
20301 ;;;***
20302 \f
20303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21710 32133
20304 ;;;;;; 749297 827000))
20305 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20306
20307 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20308 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20309 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20310
20311 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20312 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20313
20314 Other useful functions are:
20315
20316 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20317 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20318 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20319 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20320 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20321 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20322 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20323 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20324 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20325
20326 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20327
20328 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20329 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20330 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20331 Indentation for case statements.
20332 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20333 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20334 mark after an end.
20335 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20336 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20337 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20338 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20339 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20340 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20341 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20342 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20343 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20344 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20345
20346 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20347 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20348
20349 \(fn)" t nil)
20350
20351 ;;;***
20352 \f
20353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21710
20354 ;;;;;; 32133 702297 582000))
20355 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20356
20357 (defvar password-cache t "\
20358 Whether to cache passwords.")
20359
20360 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20361
20362 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20363 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20364 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20365
20366 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20367
20368 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20369 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20370
20371 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20372
20373 ;;;***
20374 \f
20375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21710 32133
20376 ;;;;;; 465296 350000))
20377 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20378
20379 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20380 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20381 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20382
20383 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20384 _ matches anything.
20385 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20386 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20387 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20388 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20389 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20390 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20391 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20392 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20393 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20394 (app FUN UPAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches UPAT.
20395 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20396 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20397
20398 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20399 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20400 [QPAT1 QPAT2..QPATn] matches a vector of length n and QPAT1..QPATn match
20401 its 0..(n-1)th elements, respectively.
20402 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20403 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20404 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20405
20406 FUN can take the form
20407 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20408 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20409 which is the value being matched.
20410 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20411 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20412 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20413 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20414 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20415 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20416 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20417
20418 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20419
20420 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20421
20422 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20423 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20424
20425 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20426
20427 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20428
20429 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20430 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20431 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20432 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20433
20434 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20435
20436 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20437
20438 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20439 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20440 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20441 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20442
20443 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20444
20445 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20446
20447 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20448 Define a pcase UPattern macro.
20449
20450 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20451
20452 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20453
20454 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20455
20456 ;;;***
20457 \f
20458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21710 32133 702297
20459 ;;;;;; 582000))
20460 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20461
20462 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20463 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20464
20465 \(fn)" nil nil)
20466
20467 ;;;***
20468 \f
20469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21710 32133 702297
20470 ;;;;;; 582000))
20471 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20472
20473 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20474 Completion for `gzip'.
20475
20476 \(fn)" nil nil)
20477
20478 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20479 Completion for `bzip2'.
20480
20481 \(fn)" nil nil)
20482
20483 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20484 Completion for GNU `make'.
20485
20486 \(fn)" nil nil)
20487
20488 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20489 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20490
20491 \(fn)" nil nil)
20492
20493 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20494
20495 ;;;***
20496 \f
20497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21710 32133
20498 ;;;;;; 702297 582000))
20499 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20500
20501 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20502 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20503
20504 \(fn)" nil nil)
20505
20506 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20507 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20508
20509 \(fn)" nil nil)
20510
20511 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20512 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20513
20514 \(fn)" nil nil)
20515
20516 ;;;***
20517 \f
20518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21710 32133 702297
20519 ;;;;;; 582000))
20520 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20521
20522 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20523 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20524
20525 \(fn)" nil nil)
20526
20527 ;;;***
20528 \f
20529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21710 32133 703297
20530 ;;;;;; 588000))
20531 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20532
20533 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20534 Completion for `cd'.
20535
20536 \(fn)" nil nil)
20537
20538 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20539
20540 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20541 Completion for `rmdir'.
20542
20543 \(fn)" nil nil)
20544
20545 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20546 Completion for `rm'.
20547
20548 \(fn)" nil nil)
20549
20550 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20551 Completion for `xargs'.
20552
20553 \(fn)" nil nil)
20554
20555 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20556
20557 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20558 Completion for `which'.
20559
20560 \(fn)" nil nil)
20561
20562 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20563 Completion for the `chown' command.
20564
20565 \(fn)" nil nil)
20566
20567 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20568 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20569
20570 \(fn)" nil nil)
20571
20572 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20573 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20574
20575 \(fn)" nil nil)
20576
20577 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20578 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20579 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20580
20581 \(fn)" nil nil)
20582
20583 ;;;***
20584 \f
20585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21710 32133 703297
20586 ;;;;;; 588000))
20587 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20588
20589 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20590 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20591
20592 \(fn)" nil nil)
20593
20594 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20595 Completion for the `ack' command.
20596 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20597 long options.
20598
20599 \(fn)" nil nil)
20600
20601 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20602
20603 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20604 Completion for the `ag' command.
20605
20606 \(fn)" nil nil)
20607
20608 ;;;***
20609 \f
20610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21710 32133 703297
20611 ;;;;;; 588000))
20612 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20613
20614 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20615 Support extensible programmable completion.
20616 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20617 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20618
20619 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20620
20621 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20622 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20623
20624 \(fn)" t nil)
20625
20626 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20627 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20628 This will modify the current buffer.
20629
20630 \(fn)" t nil)
20631
20632 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20633 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20634
20635 \(fn)" t nil)
20636
20637 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20638 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20639 This will modify the current buffer.
20640
20641 \(fn)" t nil)
20642
20643 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20644 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20645
20646 \(fn)" t nil)
20647
20648 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20649 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20650
20651 \(fn)" t nil)
20652
20653 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20654 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20655 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20656 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20657 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20658
20659 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20660
20661 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20662 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20663
20664 \(fn)" nil nil)
20665
20666 ;;;***
20667 \f
20668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21710 32133 822298 206000))
20669 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20670
20671 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20672 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20673 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20674 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20675
20676 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20677
20678 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20679
20680 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20681 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20682 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20683 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20684 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20685 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20686 FLAGS is ignored.
20687
20688 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20689
20690 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20691 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20692 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20693 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20694 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20695 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20696 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20697 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20698
20699 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20700
20701 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20702 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20703 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20704 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20705 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20706 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20707 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20708 passed to cvs.
20709
20710 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20711
20712 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20713 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20714 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20715 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20716 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20717 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20718 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20719
20720 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20721
20722 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20723 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20724 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20725
20726 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20727
20728 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20729 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20730 A value of nil means never do it.
20731 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20732 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20733 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20734
20735 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20736
20737 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20738 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20739 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20740
20741 ;;;***
20742 \f
20743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21710 32133
20744 ;;;;;; 821298 201000))
20745 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20746
20747 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20748 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20749
20750 ;;;***
20751 \f
20752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21710
20753 ;;;;;; 32133 749297 827000))
20754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20755 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20756 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20757 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20758 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20759 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20760 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20761
20762 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20763 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20764 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20765 Tab indents for Perl code.
20766 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20767 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20768 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20769 \\{perl-mode-map}
20770 Variables controlling indentation style:
20771 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20772 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20773 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20774 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20775 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20776 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20777 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20778 `perl-nochange'
20779 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20780 `perl-indent-level'
20781 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20782 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20783 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20784 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20785 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20786 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20787 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20788 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20789 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20790 `perl-brace-offset'
20791 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20792 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20793 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20794 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20795 `perl-label-offset'
20796 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20797 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20798 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20799
20800 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20801 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20802 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20803 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20804 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20805 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20806 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20807
20808 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20809
20810 \(fn)" t nil)
20811
20812 ;;;***
20813 \f
20814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21710 32133
20815 ;;;;;; 794298 61000))
20816 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20817
20818 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20819 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20820 \\<picture-mode-map>
20821 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20822 afterwards settable by these commands:
20823
20824 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20825 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20826 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20827 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20828
20829 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20830 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20831 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20832 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20833
20834 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20835 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20836 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20837 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20838
20839 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20840 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20841 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20842 with these commands:
20843
20844 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20845 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20846 Move to column following last
20847 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20848 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20849 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20850 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20851 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20852 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20853
20854 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20855
20856 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20857 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20858 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20859 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20860 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20861 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20862
20863 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20864 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20865 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20866 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20867 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20868 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20869 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20870
20871 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20872 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20873 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20874 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20875 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20876 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20877 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20878 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20879
20880 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20881 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20882 by supplying an argument.
20883
20884 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20885
20886 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20887 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20888
20889 \(fn)" t nil)
20890
20891 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20892
20893 ;;;***
20894 \f
20895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21710 32133 548296
20896 ;;;;;; 782000))
20897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20898
20899 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20900 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20901
20902 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20903
20904 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20905 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20906
20907 \(fn)" t nil)
20908
20909 ;;;***
20910 \f
20911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21710 32133 794298
20912 ;;;;;; 61000))
20913 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20914
20915 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20916 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20917 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20918
20919 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20920
20921 ;;;***
20922 \f
20923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21710 32133 708297 614000))
20924 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20925
20926 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20927 Play pong and waste time.
20928 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20929 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20930
20931 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20932
20933 \\{pong-mode-map}
20934
20935 \(fn)" t nil)
20936
20937 ;;;***
20938 \f
20939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21710 32133 549296 787000))
20940 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20941
20942 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20943 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20944 Use streaming commands.
20945
20946 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20947
20948 ;;;***
20949 \f
20950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21710 32133 465296
20951 ;;;;;; 350000))
20952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20953
20954 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20955 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20956 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20957 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20958
20959 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20960
20961 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20962 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20963
20964 \(fn)" nil nil)
20965
20966 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20967 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20968 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20969 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20970 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20971
20972 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20973
20974 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20975 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20976 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20977
20978 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20979
20980 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20981 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20982
20983 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20984
20985 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20986 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20987 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20988 Ignores leading comment characters.
20989
20990 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20991
20992 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20993 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20994 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20995 Ignores leading comment characters.
20996
20997 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20998
20999 ;;;***
21000 \f
21001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21710 32133 711297
21002 ;;;;;; 629000))
21003 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21004 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21005
21006 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21007 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21008
21009 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21010
21011 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21012
21013 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21014
21015 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21016 Preview directory using ghostview.
21017
21018 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21019 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21020 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21021 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21022
21023 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21024 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21025 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21026 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21027 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21028 file name.
21029
21030 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21031
21032 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21033
21034 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21035 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21036
21037 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21038 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21039 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21040 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21041
21042 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21043 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21044 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21045 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21046 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21047 file name.
21048
21049 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21050
21051 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21052
21053 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21054 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21055
21056 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21057 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21058 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21059 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21060
21061 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21062 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21063 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21064 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21065 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21066 file name.
21067
21068 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21069
21070 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21071
21072 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21073 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21074
21075 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21076
21077 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21078 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21079 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21080 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21081
21082 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21083 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21084 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21085 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21086 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21087 file name.
21088
21089 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21090
21091 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21092
21093 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21094 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21095
21096 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21097 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21098 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21099
21100 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21101 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21102 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21103 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21104
21105 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21106
21107 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21108 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21109
21110 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21111 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21112 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21113
21114 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21115 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21116 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21117 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21118
21119 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21120
21121 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21122 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21123
21124 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21125 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21126 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21127
21128 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21129 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21130 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21131 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21132
21133 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21134
21135 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21136 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21137
21138 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21139
21140 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21141 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21142 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21143
21144 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21145 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21146 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21147 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21148
21149 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21150
21151 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21152 Preview region using ghostview.
21153
21154 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21155
21156 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21157
21158 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21159 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21160
21161 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21162
21163 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21164
21165 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21166 Print region using PostScript printer.
21167
21168 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21169
21170 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21171
21172 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21173 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21174
21175 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21176
21177 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21178
21179 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21180 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21181
21182 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21183
21184 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21185
21186 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21187 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21188
21189 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21190
21191 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21192
21193 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21194 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21195
21196 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21197
21198 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21199
21200 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21201 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21202
21203 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21204
21205 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21206
21207 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21208 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21209 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21210 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21211
21212 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21213 matching.
21214
21215 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21216 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21217
21218 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21219
21220 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21221
21222 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21223 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21224 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21225 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21226
21227 \(fn)" t nil)
21228
21229 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21230 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21231 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21232 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21233
21234 \(fn)" t nil)
21235
21236 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21237 Print directory using text printer.
21238
21239 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21240 matching.
21241
21242 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21243 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21244
21245 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21246
21247 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21248
21249 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21250 Print buffer using text printer.
21251
21252 \(fn)" t nil)
21253
21254 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21255 Print region using text printer.
21256
21257 \(fn)" t nil)
21258
21259 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21260 Print major mode using text printer.
21261
21262 \(fn)" t nil)
21263
21264 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21265 Preview spooled PostScript.
21266
21267 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21268 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21269 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21270
21271 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21272 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21273 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21274
21275 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21276
21277 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21278 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21279
21280 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21281 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21282 instead of sending it to the printer.
21283
21284 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21285 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21286 image in a file with that name.
21287
21288 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21289
21290 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21291 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21292
21293 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21294 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21295 instead of sending it to the printer.
21296
21297 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21298 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21299 image in a file with that name.
21300
21301 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21302
21303 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21304 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21305
21306 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21307 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21308 instead of sending it to the printer.
21309
21310 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21311 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21312 image in a file with that name.
21313
21314 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21315
21316 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21317 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21318
21319 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21320
21321 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21322 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21323
21324 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21325
21326 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21327 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21328
21329 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21330
21331 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21332 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21333
21334 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21335
21336 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21337 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21338
21339 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21340
21341 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21342 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21343
21344 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21345 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21346 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21347 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21348
21349 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21350 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21351 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21352 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21353 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21354 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21355 file name.
21356
21357 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21358
21359 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21360 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21361
21362 \(fn)" t nil)
21363
21364 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21365 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21366
21367 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21368 right.
21369 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21370 bottom.
21371
21372 \(fn)" t nil)
21373
21374 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21375 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21376
21377 \(fn)" t nil)
21378
21379 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21380 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21381
21382 \(fn)" t nil)
21383
21384 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21385 Toggle printing with faces.
21386
21387 \(fn)" t nil)
21388
21389 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21390 Toggle spooling.
21391
21392 \(fn)" t nil)
21393
21394 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21395 Toggle duplex.
21396
21397 \(fn)" t nil)
21398
21399 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21400 Toggle tumble.
21401
21402 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21403 right.
21404 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21405 bottom.
21406
21407 \(fn)" t nil)
21408
21409 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21410 Toggle landscape.
21411
21412 \(fn)" t nil)
21413
21414 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21415 Toggle upside-down.
21416
21417 \(fn)" t nil)
21418
21419 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21420 Toggle line number.
21421
21422 \(fn)" t nil)
21423
21424 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21425 Toggle zebra stripes.
21426
21427 \(fn)" t nil)
21428
21429 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21430 Toggle printing header.
21431
21432 \(fn)" t nil)
21433
21434 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21435 Toggle printing header frame.
21436
21437 \(fn)" t nil)
21438
21439 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21440 Toggle menu lock.
21441
21442 \(fn)" t nil)
21443
21444 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21445 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21446
21447 \(fn)" t nil)
21448
21449 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21450 Toggle auto mode.
21451
21452 \(fn)" t nil)
21453
21454 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21455 Customization of the `printing' group.
21456
21457 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21458
21459 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21460 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21461
21462 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21463
21464 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21465 Help for the printing package.
21466
21467 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21468
21469 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21470 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21471
21472 \(fn)" t nil)
21473
21474 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21475 Interactively select a text printer.
21476
21477 \(fn)" t nil)
21478
21479 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21480 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21481
21482 \(fn)" t nil)
21483
21484 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21485 Show current ps-print settings.
21486
21487 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21488
21489 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21490 Show current printing settings.
21491
21492 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21493
21494 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21495 Show current lpr settings.
21496
21497 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21498
21499 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21500 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21501
21502 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21503 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21504 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21505 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21506
21507
21508 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21509
21510 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21511 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21512 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21513
21514 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21515 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21516 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21517 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21518 current active printer.
21519
21520 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21521 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21522 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21523 printer.
21524
21525 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21526 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21527 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21528 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21529 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21530
21531
21532 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21533 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21534
21535 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21536
21537 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21538 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21539 be done using the new current active printer.
21540
21541 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21542 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21543 printer.
21544
21545 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21546 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21547 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21548 instead of sending it to the printer.
21549
21550 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21551 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21552 printer.
21553
21554 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21555
21556
21557 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21558 are both set to t.
21559
21560 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21561
21562 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21563 Fast fire function for text printing.
21564
21565 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21566 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21567 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21568 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21569
21570 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21571 user for a new active text printer.
21572
21573 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21574
21575 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21576
21577 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21578 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21579 printer.
21580
21581 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21582
21583 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21584 are both set to t.
21585
21586 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21587
21588 ;;;***
21589 \f
21590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21710 32133 711297 629000))
21591 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21592
21593 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21594 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21595 \\<proced-mode-map>
21596 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21597 the process information.
21598
21599 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21600
21601 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21602 Proced buffers.
21603
21604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21605
21606 ;;;***
21607 \f
21608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21710 32133 712297
21609 ;;;;;; 634000))
21610 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21611
21612 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21613 Start/restart profilers.
21614 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21615 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21616 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21617
21618 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21619
21620 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21621 Open profile FILENAME.
21622
21623 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21624
21625 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21626 Open profile FILENAME.
21627
21628 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21629
21630 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21631 Open profile FILENAME.
21632
21633 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21634
21635 ;;;***
21636 \f
21637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21710 32133
21638 ;;;;;; 751297 837000))
21639 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21640
21641 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21642 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21643
21644 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21645 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21646
21647 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21648
21649 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21650 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21651
21652 Commands:
21653 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21654
21655 \(fn)" t nil)
21656
21657 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21658 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21659 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21660
21661 \(fn)" t nil)
21662
21663 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21664 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21665 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21666
21667 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21668
21669 ;;;***
21670 \f
21671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21710 32133 766297 915000))
21672 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21673
21674 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21675 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21676 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21677
21678 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21679
21680 ;;;***
21681 \f
21682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21710 32133
21683 ;;;;;; 751297 837000))
21684 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21685 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21686
21687 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21688 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21689
21690 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21691
21692 The following variables hold user options, and can
21693 be set through the `customize' command:
21694
21695 `ps-mode-tab'
21696 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21697 `ps-mode-print-function'
21698 `ps-run-prompt'
21699 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21700 `ps-run-x'
21701 `ps-run-dumb'
21702 `ps-run-init'
21703 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21704 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21705
21706 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21707
21708
21709 \\{ps-mode-map}
21710
21711
21712 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21713 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21714 The keymap for this second window is:
21715
21716 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21717
21718
21719 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21720 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21721 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21722 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21723 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21724
21725 \(fn)" t nil)
21726
21727 ;;;***
21728 \f
21729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21710 32133 768297
21730 ;;;;;; 925000))
21731 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21732 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21733
21734 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21735 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21736 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21737
21738 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21739
21740 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21741 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21742 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21743 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21744
21745 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21746
21747 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21748 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21749
21750 Valid values are:
21751
21752 nil Do not print colors.
21753
21754 t Print colors.
21755
21756 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21757 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21758
21759 Any other value is treated as t.")
21760
21761 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21762
21763 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21764 Customization of ps-print group.
21765
21766 \(fn)" t nil)
21767
21768 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21769 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21770
21771 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21772 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21773 sending it to the printer.
21774
21775 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21776 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21777 image in a file with that name.
21778
21779 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21780
21781 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21782 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21783 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21784 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21785 so it has a way to determine color values.
21786
21787 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21788
21789 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21790 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21791 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21792
21793 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21794
21795 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21796 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21797 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21798 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21799 so it has a way to determine color values.
21800
21801 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21802
21803 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21804 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21805 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21806 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21807
21808 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21809
21810 \(fn)" t nil)
21811
21812 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21813 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21814 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21815 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21816 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21817
21818 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21819
21820 \(fn)" t nil)
21821
21822 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21823 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21824 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21825
21826 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21827
21828 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21829
21830 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21831 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21832 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21833 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21834 so it has a way to determine color values.
21835
21836 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21837
21838 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21839
21840 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21841 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21842
21843 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21844 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21845 instead of sending it to the printer.
21846
21847 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21848 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21849 image in a file with that name.
21850
21851 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21852
21853 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21854 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21855 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21856 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21857 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21858
21859 \(fn)" t nil)
21860
21861 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21862 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21863 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21864
21865 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21866
21867 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21868 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21869 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21870
21871 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21872
21873 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21874 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21875
21876 \(fn)" nil nil)
21877
21878 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21879 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21880
21881 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21882 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21883
21884 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21885 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21886
21887 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21888
21889 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21890
21891 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21892
21893 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21894 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21895
21896 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21897 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21898
21899 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21900 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21901
21902 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21903
21904 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21905
21906 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21907
21908 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21909 foreground and background colors respectively.
21910
21911 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21912 bold - use bold font.
21913 italic - use italic font.
21914 underline - put a line under text.
21915 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21916 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21917 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21918 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21919 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21920
21921 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21922
21923 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21924
21925 ;;;***
21926 \f
21927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21710 32133 415296
21928 ;;;;;; 90000))
21929 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21930 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21931
21932 ;;;***
21933 \f
21934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21710 32133
21935 ;;;;;; 752297 842000))
21936 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21937 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21938
21939 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21940
21941 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21942
21943 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21944 Run an inferior Python process.
21945
21946 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
21947 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
21948 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
21949 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
21950 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21951
21952 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
21953 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
21954 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
21955 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
21956
21957 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21958 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21959 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21960
21961 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21962
21963 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21964 Major mode for editing Python files.
21965
21966 \\{python-mode-map}
21967
21968 \(fn)" t nil)
21969
21970 ;;;***
21971 \f
21972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21710 32133 549296 787000))
21973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21974
21975 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21976 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21977 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21978 coding-system.
21979
21980 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21981 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21982
21983 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21984 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21985 them into characters should be done separately.
21986
21987 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21988
21989 ;;;***
21990 \f
21991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21710 32133
21992 ;;;;;; 571296 901000))
21993 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21994
21995 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21996 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21997
21998 \(fn)" nil nil)
21999
22000 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22001 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22002 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22003
22004 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22005 `quail-activate', which see.
22006
22007 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22008
22009 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22010 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22011 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22012 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22013 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22014 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22015 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22016
22017 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22018 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22019 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22020 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22021 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22022 shown.
22023 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22024
22025 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22026 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22027 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22028 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22029 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22030 list of candidates.
22031
22032 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22033 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22034 command to be called.
22035
22036 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22037 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22038 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22039 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22040
22041 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22042 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22043 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22044 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22045 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22046 to t.
22047
22048 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22049 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22050 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22051 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22052
22053 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22054 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22055 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22056 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22057 defines no translations for single character keys.
22058
22059 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22060 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22061 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22062 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22063 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22064 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22065
22066 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22067 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22068 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22069 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22070 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22071 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22072
22073 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22074 covers Quail translation region.
22075
22076 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22077 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22078 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22079 for it) is inserted.
22080
22081 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22082 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22083 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22084
22085 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22086 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22087 non-Quail commands.
22088
22089 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22090
22091 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22092 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22093
22094 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22095 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22096 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22097 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22098 you type is correctly handled.
22099
22100 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22101
22102 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22103 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22104
22105 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22106 keyboard type.
22107
22108 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22109
22110 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22111 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22112 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22113 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22114 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22115 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22116 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22117 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22118 for the translation.
22119 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22120
22121 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22122 it is used to handle KEY.
22123
22124 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22125 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22126 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22127 the following annotation types are supported.
22128
22129 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22130 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22131
22132 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22133 candidate list.
22134
22135 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22136 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22137 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22138 inserted.
22139
22140 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22141 generated for the following translations.
22142
22143 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22144
22145 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22146 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22147
22148 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22149 which to install MAP.
22150
22151 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22152
22153 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22154
22155 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22156 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22157
22158 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22159 which to install MAP.
22160
22161 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22162
22163 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22164
22165 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22166 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22167 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22168 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22169 a function, or a cons.
22170 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22171 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22172 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22173 for the translation.
22174 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22175 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22176 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22177 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22178 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22179
22180 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22181 it is used to handle KEY.
22182
22183 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22184 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22185 current Quail package.
22186
22187 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22188 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22189
22190 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22191
22192 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22193 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22194
22195 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22196 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22197
22198 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22199
22200 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22201 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22202
22203 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22204
22205 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22206 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22207 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22208 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22209 of the Emacs source tree.
22210
22211 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22212 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22213
22214 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22215 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22216 of each directory.
22217
22218 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22219
22220 ;;;***
22221 \f
22222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21710
22223 ;;;;;; 32133 593297 16000))
22224 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22225
22226 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22227 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22228 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22229 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22230
22231 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22232
22233 ;;;***
22234 \f
22235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22236 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 597297 37000))
22237 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22238
22239 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22240 Activate UCS input method.
22241 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22242
22243 While this input method is active, the variable
22244 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22245
22246 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22247
22248 ;;;***
22249 \f
22250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21710 32133 635297
22251 ;;;;;; 234000))
22252 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22253
22254 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22255 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22256 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22257 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22258
22259 To make use of this do something like:
22260
22261 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22262
22263 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22264
22265 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22266 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22267
22268 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22269 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22270 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22271
22272 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22273
22274 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22275 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22276
22277 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22278
22279 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22280 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22281
22282 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22283 is decided.
22284
22285 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22286
22287 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22288 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22289
22290 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22291 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22292 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22293
22294 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22295
22296 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22297 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22298
22299 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22300
22301 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22302 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22303
22304 \(fn)" t nil)
22305
22306 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22307 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22308
22309 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22310
22311 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22312
22313 \(fn)" t nil)
22314
22315 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22316 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22317
22318 \(fn)" t nil)
22319
22320 ;;;***
22321 \f
22322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21710 32133 636297
22323 ;;;;;; 239000))
22324 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22325
22326 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22327 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22328
22329 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22330
22331 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22332
22333 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22334
22335 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22336
22337 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22338
22339
22340 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22341
22342 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22343 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22344 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22345 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22346 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22347 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22348
22349 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22350
22351 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22352 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22353 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22354 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22355 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22356
22357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22358
22359 ;;;***
22360 \f
22361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21710
22362 ;;;;;; 32133 465296 350000))
22363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22364
22365 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22366
22367 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22368 Construct a regexp interactively.
22369 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22370 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22371 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22372
22373 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22374 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22375
22376 \(fn)" t nil)
22377
22378 ;;;***
22379 \f
22380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21710 32133 769297
22381 ;;;;;; 931000))
22382 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22383
22384 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22385 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22386 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22387 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22388 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22389 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22390
22391 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22392
22393 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22394 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22395 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22396 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22397 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22398
22399 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22400 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22401 were operated on recently.
22402
22403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22404
22405 ;;;***
22406 \f
22407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21710 32133 769297 931000))
22408 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22409
22410 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22411 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22412 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22413 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22414 ends.
22415
22416 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22417 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22418 to be deleted.
22419
22420 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22421
22422 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22423 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22424 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22425
22426 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22427 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22428 deleted.
22429
22430 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22431
22432 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22433 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22434 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22435
22436 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22437
22438 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22439 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22440
22441 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22442 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22443
22444 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22445 deleted.
22446
22447 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22448 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22449 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22450 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22451 even beep.)
22452
22453 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22454
22455 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22456 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22457
22458 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22459
22460 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22461 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22462
22463 \(fn)" t nil)
22464
22465 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22466 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22467 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22468 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22469 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22470 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22471 and point is at the lower right corner.
22472
22473 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22474
22475 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22476 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22477
22478 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22479 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22480
22481 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22482 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22483 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22484
22485 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22486
22487 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22488
22489 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22490 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22491 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22492 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22493 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22494
22495 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22496 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22497
22498 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22499
22500 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22501 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22502 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22503
22504 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22505
22506 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22507
22508 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22509
22510 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22511 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22512
22513 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22514 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22515 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22516
22517 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22518
22519 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22520 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22521 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22522
22523 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22524 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22525 rectangle which were empty.
22526
22527 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22528
22529 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22530 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22531
22532 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22533 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22534 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22535 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22536
22537 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22538
22539 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22540 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22541 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22542
22543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22544
22545 ;;;***
22546 \f
22547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21710 32133
22548 ;;;;;; 795298 66000))
22549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22550
22551 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22552 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22554 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22555 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22556
22557 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22558 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22559 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22560 auto-filling.
22561
22562 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22563
22564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22565
22566 ;;;***
22567 \f
22568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21710 32133
22569 ;;;;;; 799298 87000))
22570 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22571 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22572 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22573 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22574 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22575
22576 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22577 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22578
22579 \(fn)" nil nil)
22580
22581 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22582 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22583
22584 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22585 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22586
22587 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22588 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22589 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22590 \\ref macro.
22591
22592 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22593 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22594 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22595
22596 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22597 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22598 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22599
22600 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22601 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22602
22603 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22604 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22605
22606 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22607 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22608 on the menu bar.
22609
22610 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22611
22612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22613
22614 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22615 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22616 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22617
22618 \(fn)" nil nil)
22619
22620 ;;;***
22621 \f
22622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21710
22623 ;;;;;; 32133 798298 81000))
22624 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22625 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22626 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22627 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22628 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22629
22630 ;;;***
22631 \f
22632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21710
22633 ;;;;;; 32133 465296 350000))
22634 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22635
22636 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22637 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22638 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22639 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22640 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22641 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22642
22643 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22644 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22645
22646 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22647 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22648 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22649 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22650
22651 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22652
22653 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22654 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22655 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22656 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22657
22658 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22659
22660 ;;;***
22661 \f
22662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21710 32133 465296
22663 ;;;;;; 350000))
22664 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22665 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22666
22667 ;;;***
22668 \f
22669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21710 32133
22670 ;;;;;; 799298 87000))
22671 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22672 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22673
22674 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22675 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22676 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22677 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22678
22679 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22680
22681 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22682
22683 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22684 Call `remember' in another frame.
22685
22686 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22687
22688 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22689 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22690 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22691
22692 \(fn)" t nil)
22693
22694 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22695 Extract diary entries from the region.
22696
22697 \(fn)" nil nil)
22698
22699 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22700 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22701 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22702 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22703
22704 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22705
22706 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22707 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22708 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22709 minor mode.
22710
22711 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22712
22713 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22714 Return the buffer.
22715
22716 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22717 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22718 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22719
22720 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22721
22722 ;;;***
22723 \f
22724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21710 32133 769297 931000))
22725 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22726 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22727
22728 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22729 Repeat most recently executed command.
22730 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22731 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22732 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22733
22734 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22735 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22736 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22737 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22738
22739 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22740 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22741 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22742
22743 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22744
22745 ;;;***
22746 \f
22747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21710 32133
22748 ;;;;;; 603297 68000))
22749 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22750
22751 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22752 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22753
22754 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22755 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22756 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22757 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22758 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22759 and point is left after the salutation.
22760
22761 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22762 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22763 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22764 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22765 left after that text.
22766
22767 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22768 is non-nil.
22769
22770 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22771 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22772 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22773 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22774
22775 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22776
22777 ;;;***
22778 \f
22779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21710 32133 770297
22780 ;;;;;; 936000))
22781 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22782
22783 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22784 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22785 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22786 visibility of comments that precede it.
22787 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22788 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22789 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22790 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22791 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22792 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22793 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22794 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22795 the comment lines.
22796 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22797 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22798 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22799 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22800 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22801
22802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22803
22804 ;;;***
22805 \f
22806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21710 32133 770297 936000))
22807 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22808
22809 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22810 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22812 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22813 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22814
22815 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22816 reveals invisible text around point.
22817
22818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22819
22820 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22821 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22822 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22825 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22826
22827 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22828
22829 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22830 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22831 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22832
22833 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22834 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22835 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22836
22837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22838
22839 ;;;***
22840 \f
22841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21710 32133 465296
22842 ;;;;;; 350000))
22843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22844
22845 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22846 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22847
22848 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22849
22850 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22851 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22852
22853 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22854
22855 ;;;***
22856 \f
22857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21710 32133 636297
22858 ;;;;;; 239000))
22859 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22860
22861 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22862 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22863 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22864 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22865
22866 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22867
22868 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22869 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22870 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22871 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22872
22873 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22874 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22875
22876 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22877 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22878
22879 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22880 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22881 INPUT-ARGS.
22882
22883 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22884 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22885 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22886 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22887 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22888
22889 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22890 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22891 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22892 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22893
22894 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22895 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22896 variable.
22897
22898 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22899
22900 ;;;***
22901 \f
22902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21710 32133 605297
22903 ;;;;;; 78000))
22904 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22905
22906 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22907 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22908
22909 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22910
22911 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22912
22913 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22914 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22915 Its name should end with a slash.")
22916
22917 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22918 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22919
22920 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22921 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22922 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22923
22924 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22925
22926 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22927 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22928 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22929 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22930 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22931 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22932 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22933
22934 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22935 sent by you under different user names.
22936 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22937
22938 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22939
22940 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22941
22942 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22943
22944 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22945 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22946 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22947 explicitly.")
22948
22949 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22950
22951 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22952 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22953 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22954 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22955 which normally happens once for each message,
22956 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22957 To make a change in this variable take effect
22958 for a message that you have already viewed,
22959 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22960
22961 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22962
22963 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22964 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22965 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22966 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22967
22968 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22969
22970 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22971 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22972
22973 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22974
22975 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22976 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22977 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22978
22979 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22980
22981 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22982 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22983 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22984 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22985 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22986 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22987
22988 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22989
22990 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22991 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22992
22993 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22994
22995 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22996 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22997
22998 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22999
23000 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23001 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23002
23003 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23004 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23005
23006 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23007
23008 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23009 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23010
23011 This is set to nil by default.")
23012
23013 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23014 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23015 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23016 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23017 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23018 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23019 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23020
23021 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23022 Read and edit incoming mail.
23023 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23024 file in RMAIL Mode.
23025 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23026
23027 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23028 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23029 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23030 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23031
23032 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23033
23034 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23035
23036 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23037 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23038 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23039 Instead, these commands are available:
23040
23041 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23042 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23043 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23044 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23045 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23046 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23047 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23048 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23049 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23050 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23051 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23052 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23053 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23054 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23055 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23056 till a deleted message is found.
23057 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23058 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23059 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23060 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23061 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23062 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23063 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23064 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23065 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23066 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23067 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23068 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23069 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23070 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23071 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23072 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23073 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23074 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23075 (label defaults to last one specified).
23076 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23077 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23078 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23079 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23080 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23081 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23082 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23083 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23084 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23085
23086 \(fn)" t nil)
23087
23088 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23089 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23090
23091 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23092
23093 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23094 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23095
23096 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23097
23098 ;;;***
23099 \f
23100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21710 32133
23101 ;;;;;; 606297 83000))
23102 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23103 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23104
23105 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23106 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23107 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23108 case it writes Babyl.
23109
23110 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23111 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23112 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23113 `rmail-default-file'.
23114
23115 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23116 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23117 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23118
23119 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23120 the header display is currently pruned.
23121
23122 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23123 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23124 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23125 messages after output.
23126
23127 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23128 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23129 message (if writing a file directly).
23130
23131 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23132 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23133
23134 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23135
23136 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23137 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23138 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23139 i) the header is output as currently seen
23140 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23141 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23142
23143 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23144 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23145 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23146
23147 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23148
23149 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23150 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23151 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23152 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23153 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23154 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23155 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23156
23157 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23158 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23159 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23160
23161 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23162
23163 ;;;***
23164 \f
23165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21710 32133
23166 ;;;;;; 647297 296000))
23167 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23168
23169 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23170 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23171 Return a pattern.
23172
23173 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23174
23175 ;;;***
23176 \f
23177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21710 32133
23178 ;;;;;; 648297 302000))
23179 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23180
23181 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23182 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23183 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23184 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23185
23186 \(fn)" t nil)
23187
23188 ;;;***
23189 \f
23190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21710 32133
23191 ;;;;;; 649297 307000))
23192 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23193
23194 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23195 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23196
23197 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23198 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23199 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23200 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23201 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23202 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23203 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23204 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23205 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23206 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23207
23208 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23209 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23210 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23211 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23212 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23213 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23214 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23215 to use for finding the schema.
23216
23217 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23218
23219 ;;;***
23220 \f
23221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21710 32133 649297
23222 ;;;;;; 307000))
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23224
23225 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23226
23227 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23228 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23229 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23230 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23231 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23232 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23233 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23234 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23235 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23236 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23237 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23238 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23239 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23240 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23241 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23242 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23243 must be equal.
23244
23245 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23246
23247 ;;;***
23248 \f
23249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21710 32133
23250 ;;;;;; 571296 901000))
23251 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23252
23253 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23254 Define a robin package.
23255
23256 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23257 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23258 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23259 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23260
23261 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23262 one replaces the old one.
23263
23264 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23265
23266 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23267 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23268
23269 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23270 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23271 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23272
23273 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23274
23275 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23276 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23277
23278 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23279
23280 ;;;***
23281 \f
23282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21710 32133 770297 936000))
23283 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23284
23285 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23286 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23287
23288 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23289
23290 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23291 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23292
23293 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23294
23295 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23296 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23297
23298 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23299
23300 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23301 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23302 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23303
23304 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23305 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23306 in ROT13.
23307
23308 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23309
23310 \(fn)" t nil)
23311
23312 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23313 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23314
23315 \(fn)" t nil)
23316
23317 ;;;***
23318 \f
23319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21710 32133 800298
23320 ;;;;;; 92000))
23321 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23322 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23323
23324 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23325 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23326 \\<rst-mode-map>
23327
23328 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23329 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23330 highlighting.
23331
23332 \\{rst-mode-map}
23333
23334 \(fn)" t nil)
23335
23336 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23337 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23338 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23339 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23340 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23341
23342 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23343 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23344 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23345
23346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23347
23348 ;;;***
23349 \f
23350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21710
23351 ;;;;;; 32133 753297 848000))
23352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23353 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23354
23355 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23356 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23357
23358 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23359
23360 \(fn)" t nil)
23361
23362 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23363
23364 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23365
23366 ;;;***
23367 \f
23368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21710 32133 771297
23369 ;;;;;; 941000))
23370 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23371 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23372
23373 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23374 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23375 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23376
23377 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23378 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23379 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23380 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23381 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23382
23383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23384
23385 ;;;***
23386 \f
23387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21710 32133 466296
23388 ;;;;;; 355000))
23389 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23390
23391 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23392 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23393 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23394 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23395
23396 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23397
23398 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23399 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23400 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23401
23402 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23403 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23404 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23405
23406 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23407 notation.
23408
23409 STRING
23410 matches string STRING literally.
23411
23412 CHAR
23413 matches character CHAR literally.
23414
23415 `not-newline', `nonl'
23416 matches any character except a newline.
23417
23418 `anything'
23419 matches any character
23420
23421 `(any SET ...)'
23422 `(in SET ...)'
23423 `(char SET ...)'
23424 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23425 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23426 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23427
23428 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23429 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23430 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23431 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23432
23433 `(not (any SET ...))'
23434 matches any character not in SET ...
23435
23436 `line-start', `bol'
23437 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23438 in the text being matched
23439
23440 `line-end', `eol'
23441 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23442
23443 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23444 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23445 string being matched against.
23446
23447 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23448 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23449 string being matched against.
23450
23451 `buffer-start'
23452 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23453 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23454
23455 `buffer-end'
23456 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23457 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23458
23459 `point'
23460 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23461
23462 `word-start', `bow'
23463 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23464
23465 `word-end', `eow'
23466 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23467
23468 `word-boundary'
23469 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23470 word.
23471
23472 `(not word-boundary)'
23473 `not-word-boundary'
23474 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23475 word.
23476
23477 `symbol-start'
23478 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23479
23480 `symbol-end'
23481 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23482
23483 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23484 matches 0 through 9.
23485
23486 `control', `cntrl'
23487 matches ASCII control characters.
23488
23489 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23490 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23491
23492 `blank'
23493 matches space and tab only.
23494
23495 `graphic', `graph'
23496 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23497 space, and DEL.
23498
23499 `printing', `print'
23500 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23501 and DEL.
23502
23503 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23504 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23505 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23506
23507 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23508 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23509 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23510
23511 `ascii'
23512 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23513
23514 `nonascii'
23515 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23516
23517 `lower', `lower-case'
23518 matches anything lower-case.
23519
23520 `upper', `upper-case'
23521 matches anything upper-case.
23522
23523 `punctuation', `punct'
23524 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23525 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23526
23527 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23528 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23529
23530 `word', `wordchar'
23531 matches anything that has word syntax.
23532
23533 `not-wordchar'
23534 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23535
23536 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23537 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23538 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23539 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23540
23541 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23542 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23543 `word' (\\sw)
23544 `symbol' (\\s_)
23545 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23546 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23547 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23548 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23549 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23550 `escape' (\\s\\)
23551 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23552 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23553 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23554 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23555 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23556
23557 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23558 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23559
23560 `(category CATEGORY)'
23561 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23562 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23563
23564 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23565 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23566 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23567 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23568 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23569 `symbol' (\\c5)
23570 `digit' (\\c6)
23571 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23572 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23573 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23574 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23575 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23576 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23577 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23578 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23579 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23580 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23581 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23582 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23583 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23584 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23585 `ascii' (\\ca)
23586 `arabic' (\\cb)
23587 `chinese' (\\cc)
23588 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23589 `greek' (\\cg)
23590 `korean' (\\ch)
23591 `indian' (\\ci)
23592 `japanese' (\\cj)
23593 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23594 `latin' (\\cl)
23595 `lao' (\\co)
23596 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23597 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23598 `thai' (\\ct)
23599 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23600 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23601 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23602 `can-break' (\\c|)
23603
23604 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23605 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23606
23607 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23608 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23609 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23610 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23611 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23612
23613 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23614 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23615 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23616 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23617
23618 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23619 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23620 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23621 group number N.
23622
23623 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23624 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23625 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23626 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23627 regular expression.
23628
23629 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23630 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23631 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23632 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23633 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23634
23635 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23636 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23637
23638 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23639 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23640
23641 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23642 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23643 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23644
23645 `(* SEXP ...)'
23646 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23647 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23648
23649 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23650 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23651 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23652
23653 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23654 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23655 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23656
23657 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23658 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23659
23660 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23661 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23662
23663 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23664 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23665 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23666 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23667
23668 `(? SEXP ...)'
23669 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23670
23671 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23672 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23673
23674 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23675 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23676 matches N occurrences.
23677
23678 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23679 matches N or more occurrences.
23680
23681 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23682 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23683 matches N to M occurrences.
23684
23685 `(backref N)'
23686 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23687
23688 `(eval FORM)'
23689 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23690 `regexp-quote' it.
23691
23692 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23693 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23694
23695 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23696
23697 ;;;***
23698 \f
23699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21710 32133
23700 ;;;;;; 636297 239000))
23701 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23702 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23703
23704 ;;;***
23705 \f
23706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21710 32133 771297
23707 ;;;;;; 941000))
23708 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23709 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23710
23711 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23712 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23713 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23715 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23716 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23717
23718 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23719
23720 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23721 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23722 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23723 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23724 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23725
23726 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23727 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23728 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23729 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23730
23731 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23732 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23733 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23734
23735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23736
23737 ;;;***
23738 \f
23739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21710 32133
23740 ;;;;;; 753297 848000))
23741 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23742
23743 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23744 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23745 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23746
23747 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23748 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23749 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23750 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23751 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23752 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23753 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23754 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23755
23756 Commands:
23757 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23758 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23759 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23760
23761 \(fn)" t nil)
23762
23763 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23764 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23765 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23766
23767 Commands:
23768 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23769 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23770 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23771 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23772 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23773 that variable's value is a string.
23774
23775 \(fn)" t nil)
23776
23777 ;;;***
23778 \f
23779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21710 32133
23780 ;;;;;; 550296 792000))
23781 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23782
23783 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23784 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23785 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23786
23787 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23788
23789 \(fn)" t nil)
23790
23791 ;;;***
23792 \f
23793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21710 32133 771297
23794 ;;;;;; 941000))
23795 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23796
23797 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23798 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23799 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23800 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23801 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23802 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23803
23804 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23805
23806 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23807 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23808 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23809 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23810 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23811
23812 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23813 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23814
23815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23816
23817 ;;;***
23818 \f
23819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21710 32133
23820 ;;;;;; 771297 941000))
23821 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23822
23823 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23824 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23826 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23827 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23828 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23829 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23830 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23831
23832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23833
23834 ;;;***
23835 \f
23836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21710 32133 637297
23837 ;;;;;; 244000))
23838 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23839 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23840 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23841
23842 ;;;***
23843 \f
23844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21710 32133
23845 ;;;;;; 415296 90000))
23846 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23847 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23848
23849 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23850 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23851 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23852
23853 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23854 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23855 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23856 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23857 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23858 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23859 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23860 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23861 keybinding for tag names.
23862 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23863 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23864 of the symbol under point.
23865 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23866 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23867 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23868 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23869 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23870 syntax tokens.
23871 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23872
23873 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23874
23875 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23876 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23877 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23878 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23879 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23880 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23881
23882 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23883
23884 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23885 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23888 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23889
23890 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23891 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23892 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23893 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23894 Semantic mode.
23895
23896 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23897
23898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23899
23900 ;;;***
23901 \f
23902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23903 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 418296 106000))
23904 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23905
23906 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23907 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23908
23909 \(fn)" t nil)
23910
23911 ;;;***
23912 \f
23913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23914 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 430296 168000))
23915 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23916
23917 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23918 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23919
23920 \(fn)" t nil)
23921
23922 ;;;***
23923 \f
23924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21710 32133
23925 ;;;;;; 607297 89000))
23926 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23927
23928 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23929 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23930
23931 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23932 king@grassland.com
23933 If `parens', they look like:
23934 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23935 If `angles', they look like:
23936 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23937
23938 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23939 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23940
23941 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23942
23943 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23944 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23945 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23946 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23947
23948 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23949 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23950 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23951 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23952
23953 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23954
23955 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23956 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23957 This is done when the message is initialized,
23958 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23959
23960 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23961
23962 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23963 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23964 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23965
23966 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23967
23968 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23969 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23970 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23971 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23972 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23973 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23974 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23975
23976 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23977
23978 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23979 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23980
23981 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23982
23983 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23984 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23985 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23986 be a Babyl file.")
23987
23988 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23989
23990 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23991 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23992 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23993 when you first send mail.")
23994
23995 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23996
23997 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23998 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23999 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24000 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24001 This file need not actually exist.")
24002
24003 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24004
24005 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24006 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24007
24008 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24009
24010 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24011 Alist of mail address aliases,
24012 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24013 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24014 can specify a different file name.)
24015 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24016 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24017
24018 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24019 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24020 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24021
24022 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24023
24024 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24025 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24026 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24027
24028 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24029
24030 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24031 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24032 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24033 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24034 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24035 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24036 in the cited portion of the message.
24037
24038 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24039 instead of no action.")
24040
24041 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24042
24043 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24044 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24045 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24046 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24047 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24048
24049 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24050
24051 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24052 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24053 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24054 If a string, that string is inserted.
24055 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24056 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24057 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24058 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24059
24060 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24061
24062 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24063 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24064
24065 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24066
24067 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24068 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24069 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24070
24071 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24072 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24073
24074 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24075
24076 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24077 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24078 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24079 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24080
24081 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24082
24083 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24084 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24085 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24086
24087 \(fn)" nil nil)
24088
24089 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24090
24091 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24092
24093
24094 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24095
24096 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24097 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24098 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24099
24100 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24101 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24102
24103 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24104 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24105 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24106 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24107 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24108 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24109 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24110 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24111 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24112 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24113 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24114 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24115 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24116 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24117
24118 \(fn)" t nil)
24119
24120 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24121 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24122 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24123 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24124
24125 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24126
24127 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24128 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24129 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24130 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24131 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24132 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24133
24134 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24135 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24136 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24137
24138 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24139 User should not set this variable manually,
24140 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24141 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24142 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24143
24144 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24145 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24146 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24147 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24148
24149 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24150 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24151
24152 \\<mail-mode-map>
24153 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24154
24155 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24156 to move to message header fields:
24157 \\{mail-mode-map}
24158
24159 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24160 when the message is initialized.
24161
24162 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24163 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24164
24165 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24166 is inserted.
24167
24168 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24169 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24170
24171 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24172 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24173 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24174 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24175 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24176 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24177 buffer without erasing the contents.
24178
24179 The second through fifth arguments,
24180 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24181 the initial contents of those header fields.
24182 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24183 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24184 original message being replied to, or else an action
24185 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24186 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24187 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24188 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24189 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24190 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24191
24192 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24193
24194 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24195 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24196
24197 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24198
24199 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24200 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24201
24202 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24203
24204 ;;;***
24205 \f
24206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (21710 32133 466296
24207 ;;;;;; 355000))
24208 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24209 (push (purecopy '(seq 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24210
24211 ;;;***
24212 \f
24213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21710 32133 772297 946000))
24214 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24215
24216 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24217
24218 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24219
24220 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24221
24222 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24223 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24224 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24225 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24226 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24227 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24228
24229 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24230 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24231
24232 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24233 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24234 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24235
24236 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24237 \\[server-start].
24238
24239 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24240
24241 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24242 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24243 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24244 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24245
24246 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24247
24248 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24249 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24250 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24251 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24252 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24253 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24254
24255 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24256
24257 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24258 Toggle Server mode.
24259 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24260 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24261 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24262
24263 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24264 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24265 `server-start' for details.
24266
24267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24268
24269 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24270 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24271 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24272
24273 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24274 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24275
24276 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24277
24278 ;;;***
24279 \f
24280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21710 32133 773297 952000))
24281 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24282
24283 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24284 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24285
24286 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24287 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24288 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24289 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24290 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24291
24292 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24293 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24294 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24295 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24296 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24297 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24298
24299 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24300 displayed.
24301
24302 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24303 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24304 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24305
24306 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24307 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24308
24309 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24310 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24311
24312 \\{ses-mode-map}
24313 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24314 part):
24315 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24316 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24317 formula:
24318 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24319
24320 \(fn)" t nil)
24321
24322 ;;;***
24323 \f
24324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21710
24325 ;;;;;; 32133 801298 97000))
24326 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24327
24328 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24329 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24330 Makes > match <.
24331 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24332 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24333
24334 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24335 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24336 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24337
24338 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24339 in your init file.
24340
24341 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24342
24343 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24344 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24345 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24346
24347 \(fn)" t nil)
24348
24349 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24350 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24351 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24352 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24353 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24354 which this is based.
24355
24356 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24357
24358 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24359 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24360 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24361 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24362
24363 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24364 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24365 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24366
24367 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24368 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24369 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24370 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24371
24372 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24373 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24374 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24375 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24376
24377 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24378
24379 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24380 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24381 To work around that, do:
24382 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24383
24384 \\{html-mode-map}
24385
24386 \(fn)" t nil)
24387
24388 ;;;***
24389 \f
24390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21710
24391 ;;;;;; 32133 754297 853000))
24392 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24393 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24394 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24395
24396 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24397 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24398 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24399 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24400 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24401 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24402
24403 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24404 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24405 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24406 shell-specific features.
24407
24408 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24409 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24410 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24411 \\<sh-mode-map>
24412 \\[sh-case] case statement
24413 \\[sh-for] for loop
24414 \\[sh-function] function definition
24415 \\[sh-if] if statement
24416 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24417 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24418 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24419 \\[sh-select] select loop
24420 \\[sh-until] until loop
24421 \\[sh-while] while loop
24422
24423 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24424 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24425 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24426 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24427 would indent to the way it currently is.
24428 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24429 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24430
24431
24432 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24433 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24434 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24435 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24436 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24437
24438 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24439 unquoted < insert a here document.
24440
24441 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24442 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24443 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24444
24445 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24446 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24447
24448 \(fn)" t nil)
24449
24450 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24451
24452 ;;;***
24453 \f
24454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21710 32133
24455 ;;;;;; 466296 355000))
24456 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24457
24458 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24459 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24460
24461 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24462 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24463 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24464
24465 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24466 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24467 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24468 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24469 the earlier.
24470
24471 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24472
24473 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24474
24475 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24476 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24477 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24478
24479 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24480 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24481
24482 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24483 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24484 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24485 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24486 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24487 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24488 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24489 Emacs version).
24490
24491 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24492 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24493 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24494 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24495 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24496
24497 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24498 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24499
24500 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24501
24502 ;;;***
24503 \f
24504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21710 32133 773297
24505 ;;;;;; 952000))
24506 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24507
24508 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24509 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24510 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24511 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24512 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24513 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24514 sites in the cluster.
24515
24516 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24517
24518 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24519 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24520 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24521 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24522 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24523
24524 \(fn)" t nil)
24525
24526 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24527 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24528 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24529 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24530 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24531 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24532 `shadow-define-cluster').
24533
24534 \(fn)" t nil)
24535
24536 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24537 Set up file shadowing.
24538
24539 \(fn)" t nil)
24540
24541 ;;;***
24542 \f
24543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21710 32133 774297 957000))
24544 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24545
24546 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24547 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24548 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24549 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24550 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24551 arguments.")
24552
24553 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24554
24555 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24556 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24557 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24558 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24559 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24560
24561 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24562 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24563 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24564 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24565 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24566 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24567 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24568 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24569 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24570 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24571 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24572
24573 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24574 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24575 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24576 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24577 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24578 `default-process-coding-system'.
24579
24580 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24581 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24582 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24583 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24584
24585 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24586
24587 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24588
24589 ;;;***
24590 \f
24591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21710 32133 637297 244000))
24592 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24593
24594 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24595 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24596
24597 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24598
24599 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24600 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24601 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24602 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24603
24604 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24605
24606 ;;;***
24607 \f
24608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21710 32133 550296
24609 ;;;;;; 792000))
24610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24611
24612 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24613
24614
24615 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24616
24617 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24618
24619
24620 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24621
24622 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24623
24624
24625 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24626
24627 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24628
24629
24630 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24631
24632 ;;;***
24633 \f
24634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21710 32133
24635 ;;;;;; 550296 792000))
24636 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24637
24638 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24639 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24640 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24641 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24642 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24643
24644 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24645
24646 \(fn)" t nil)
24647
24648 ;;;***
24649 \f
24650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21710 32133
24651 ;;;;;; 755297 858000))
24652 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24653
24654 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24655 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24656 \\{simula-mode-map}
24657 Variables controlling indentation style:
24658 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24659 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24660 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24661 `simula-indent-level'
24662 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24663 `simula-substatement-offset'
24664 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24665 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24666 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24667 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24668 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24669 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24670 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24671 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24672 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24673 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24674 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24675 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24676 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24677 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24678 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24679 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24680 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24681 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24682 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24683 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24684 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24685 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24686 or nil if they should not be changed.
24687 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24688 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24689 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24690 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24691
24692 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24693 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24694
24695 \(fn)" t nil)
24696
24697 ;;;***
24698 \f
24699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21710 32133 777297
24700 ;;;;;; 972000))
24701 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24702
24703 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24704 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24705
24706 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24707 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24708 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24709 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24710
24711 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24712
24713 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24714
24715 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24716 Insert SKELETON.
24717 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24718 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24719 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24720 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24721 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24722
24723 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24724 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24725
24726 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24727
24728 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24729 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24730
24731 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24732 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24733 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24734 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24735
24736 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24737 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24738 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24739 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24740
24741 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24742 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24743 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24744
24745 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24746 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24747
24748 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24749 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24750
24751 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24752 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24753 is at bol/eol
24754 _ interesting point, interregion here
24755 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24756 interesting point set by _
24757 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24758 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24759 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24760 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24761 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24762 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24763 nil skipped
24764
24765 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24766 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24767
24768 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24769 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24770 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24771 as the first element when at bol.
24772
24773 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24774 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24775 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24776 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24777 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24778 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24779 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24780 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24781
24782 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24783 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24784 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24785 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24786 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24787 available:
24788
24789 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24790 then: insert previously read string once more
24791 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24792 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24793 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24794
24795 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24796 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24797
24798 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24799
24800 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24801 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24802
24803 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24804 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24805 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24806 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24807 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24808 such as backslash.
24809
24810 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24811 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24812 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24813
24814 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24815
24816 ;;;***
24817 \f
24818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21710 32133
24819 ;;;;;; 823298 212000))
24820 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24821
24822 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24823 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24824 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24825 buffer names.
24826
24827 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24828
24829 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24830 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24832 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24833 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24834 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24835
24836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24837
24838 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24839 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24840 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24841
24842 \(fn)" t nil)
24843
24844 ;;;***
24845 \f
24846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21710 32133 550296
24847 ;;;;;; 792000))
24848 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24849
24850 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24851 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24852 A list of images is returned.
24853
24854 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24855
24856 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24857 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24858 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24859
24860 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24861
24862 ;;;***
24863 \f
24864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21710 32133
24865 ;;;;;; 607297 89000))
24866 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24867
24868 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24869
24870
24871 \(fn)" nil nil)
24872
24873 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24874 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24875
24876 \(fn)" t nil)
24877
24878 ;;;***
24879 \f
24880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21710 32133 709297
24881 ;;;;;; 619000))
24882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24883
24884 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24885 Play the Snake game.
24886 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24887
24888 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24889
24890 Snake mode keybindings:
24891 \\<snake-mode-map>
24892 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24893 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24894 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24895 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24896 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24897 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24898 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24899
24900 \(fn)" t nil)
24901
24902 ;;;***
24903 \f
24904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21710 32133
24905 ;;;;;; 638297 250000))
24906 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24907
24908 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24909 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24910 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24911 Tab indents for C code.
24912 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24913 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24914 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24915 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24916 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24917
24918 \(fn)" t nil)
24919
24920 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24921 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24922 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24923 Tab indents for C code.
24924 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24925 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24926 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24927 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24928 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24929
24930 \(fn)" t nil)
24931
24932 ;;;***
24933 \f
24934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21710 32133 405296
24935 ;;;;;; 38000))
24936 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24937
24938 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24939 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24940 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24941 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24942 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24943
24944 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24945
24946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24947
24948 ;;;***
24949 \f
24950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21710 32133
24951 ;;;;;; 709297 619000))
24952 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24953
24954 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24955 Play Solitaire.
24956
24957 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24958 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24959 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24960 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24961 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24962 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24963 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24964 check after each move or undo.)
24965
24966 What is Solitaire?
24967
24968 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24969 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24970 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24971
24972 Le Solitaire
24973 ============
24974
24975 o o o
24976
24977 o o o
24978
24979 o o o o o o o
24980
24981 o o o . o o o
24982
24983 o o o o o o o
24984
24985 o o o
24986
24987 o o o
24988
24989 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24990 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24991 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24992 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24993
24994 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24995 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24996 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24997 this: o o .
24998
24999 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25000 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25001
25002 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25003
25004 o o o
25005
25006 . o o
25007
25008 o o . o o o o
25009
25010 o . o o o o o
25011
25012 o o o o o o o
25013
25014 o o o
25015
25016 o o o
25017
25018 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25019
25020 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25021
25022 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25023
25024 ;;;***
25025 \f
25026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21710 32133 777297 972000))
25027 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25028 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25029
25030 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25031 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25032
25033 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25034 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25035 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25036 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25037 contiguous.
25038
25039 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25040 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25041 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25042 the sort order.
25043
25044 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25045 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25046
25047 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25048 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25049 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25050 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25051 is called.
25052
25053 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25054 It should move point to the end of the record.
25055
25056 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25057 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25058 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25059 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25060 starts at the beginning of the record.
25061
25062 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25063 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25064 same as ENDRECFUN.
25065
25066 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25067 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25068 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25069 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25070 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25071 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25072 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25073
25074 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25075
25076 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25077 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25078 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25079 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25080 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25081 the sort order.
25082
25083 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25084
25085 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25086 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25087 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25088 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25089 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25090 the sort order.
25091
25092 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25093
25094 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25095 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25096 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25097 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25098 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25099 the sort order.
25100
25101 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25102 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25103
25104 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25105 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25106 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25107 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25108 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25109 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25110 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25111 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25112 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25113
25114 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25115
25116 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25117 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25118 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25119 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25120 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25121 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25122 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25123 the sort order.
25124
25125 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25126
25127 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25128 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25129 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25130 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25131
25132 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25133 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25134
25135 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25136 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25137 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25138 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25139 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25140 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25141 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25142 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25143
25144 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25145
25146 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25147 the sort order.
25148
25149 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25150 starting with the letter \"f\",
25151 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25152
25153 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25154
25155 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25156 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25157 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25158 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25159 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25160 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25161 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25162 the sort order.
25163
25164 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25165 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25166 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25167 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25168 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25169
25170 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25171
25172 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25173 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25174 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25175
25176 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25177
25178 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25179 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25180 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25181 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25182 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25183 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25184 each repeated line.
25185
25186 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25187 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25188 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25189 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25190
25191 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25192 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25193
25194 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25195 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25196
25197 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25198
25199 ;;;***
25200 \f
25201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21710 32133 552296 802000))
25202 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25203
25204 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25205 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25206 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25207 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25208 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25209 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25210
25211 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25212
25213 ;;;***
25214 \f
25215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21710
25216 ;;;;;; 32133 551296 797000))
25217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25218
25219 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25220 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25221
25222 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25223 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25224 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25225
25226 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25227
25228 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25229 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25230 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25231 server.
25232
25233 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25234
25235 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25236 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25237 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25238
25239 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25240
25241 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25242 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25243 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25244 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25245 Agent is plugged.
25246
25247 \(fn)" t nil)
25248
25249 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25250 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25251 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25252 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25253
25254 \(fn)" t nil)
25255
25256 ;;;***
25257 \f
25258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21710 32133 778297
25259 ;;;;;; 977000))
25260 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25261
25262 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25263
25264 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25265 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25266 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25267 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25268 supported at a time.
25269 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25270 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25271
25272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25273
25274 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25275 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25276 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25277 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25278
25279 \(fn)" t nil)
25280
25281 ;;;***
25282 \f
25283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21710 32133 709297
25284 ;;;;;; 619000))
25285 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25286
25287 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25288 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25289
25290 \(fn)" t nil)
25291
25292 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25293 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25294
25295 \(fn)" nil nil)
25296
25297 ;;;***
25298 \f
25299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21710 32133 756297
25300 ;;;;;; 863000))
25301 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25302 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25303
25304 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25305 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25306
25307 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25308 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25309 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25310 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25311 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25312 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25313 of the current highlighting list.
25314
25315 For example:
25316
25317 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25318 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25319
25320 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25321 `_t' as data types.
25322
25323 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25324
25325 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25326 Major mode to edit SQL.
25327
25328 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25329 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25330 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25331
25332 \\{sql-mode-map}
25333 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25334
25335 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25336 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25337 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25338 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25339 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25340 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25341
25342 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25343 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25344
25345 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25346 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25347 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25348
25349 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25350 (lambda ()
25351 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25352
25353 \(fn)" t nil)
25354
25355 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25356 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25357
25358 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25359 their settings.
25360
25361 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25362 is specified in the connection settings.
25363
25364 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25365
25366 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25367 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25368
25369 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25370 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25371
25372 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25373 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25374 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25375 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25376
25377 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25378
25379 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25380
25381 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25382 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25383
25384 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25385 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25386 `*SQL*'.
25387
25388 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25389 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25390 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25391 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25392
25393 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25394 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25395
25396 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25397 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25398 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25399 buffer.
25400
25401 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25402 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25403 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25404 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25405 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25406 `default-process-coding-system'.
25407
25408 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25409
25410 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25411
25412 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25413 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25414
25415 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25416 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25417 `*SQL*'.
25418
25419 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25420 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25421 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25422 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25423
25424 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25425 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25426
25427 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25428 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25429 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25430 buffer.
25431
25432 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25433 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25434 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25435 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25436 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25437 `default-process-coding-system'.
25438
25439 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25440
25441 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25442
25443 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25444 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25445
25446 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25447 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25448 `*SQL*'.
25449
25450 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25451 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25452
25453 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25454 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25455
25456 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25457 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25458 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25459 buffer.
25460
25461 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25462 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25463 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25464 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25465 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25466 `default-process-coding-system'.
25467
25468 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25469
25470 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25471
25472 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25473 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25474
25475 SQLite is free software.
25476
25477 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25478 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25479 `*SQL*'.
25480
25481 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25482 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25483 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25484 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25485
25486 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25487 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25488
25489 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25490 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25491 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25492 buffer.
25493
25494 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25495 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25496 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25497 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25498 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25499 `default-process-coding-system'.
25500
25501 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25502
25503 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25504
25505 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25506 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25507
25508 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25509
25510 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25511 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25512 `*SQL*'.
25513
25514 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25515 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25516 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25517 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25518
25519 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25520 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25521
25522 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25523 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25524 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25525 buffer.
25526
25527 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25528 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25529 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25530 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25531 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25532 `default-process-coding-system'.
25533
25534 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25535
25536 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25537
25538 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25539 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25540
25541 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25542 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25543 `*SQL*'.
25544
25545 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25546 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25547 defaults, if set.
25548
25549 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25550 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25551
25552 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25553 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25554 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25555 buffer.
25556
25557 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25558 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25559 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25560 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25561 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25562 `default-process-coding-system'.
25563
25564 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25565
25566 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25567
25568 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25569 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25570
25571 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25572 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25573 `*SQL*'.
25574
25575 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25576 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25577
25578 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25579 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25580
25581 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25582 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25583 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25584 buffer.
25585
25586 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25587 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25588 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25589 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25590 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25591 `default-process-coding-system'.
25592
25593 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25594
25595 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25596
25597 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25598 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25599
25600 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25601 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25602 `*SQL*'.
25603
25604 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25605 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25606 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25607 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25608
25609 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25610 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25611
25612 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25613 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25614 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25615 buffer.
25616
25617 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25618 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25619 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25620 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25621 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25622 `default-process-coding-system'.
25623
25624 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25625
25626 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25627
25628 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25629 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25630
25631 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25632 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25633 `*SQL*'.
25634
25635 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25636 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25637 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25638 `sql-postgres-options'.
25639
25640 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25641 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25642
25643 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25644 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25645 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25646 buffer.
25647
25648 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25649 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25650 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25651 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25652 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25653 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25654 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25655 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25656
25657 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25658 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25659
25660 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25661
25662 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25663
25664 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25665 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25666
25667 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25668 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25669 `*SQL*'.
25670
25671 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25672 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25673 defaults, if set.
25674
25675 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25676 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25677
25678 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25679 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25680 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25681 buffer.
25682
25683 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25684 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25685 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25686 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25687 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25688 `default-process-coding-system'.
25689
25690 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25691
25692 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25693
25694 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25695 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25696
25697 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25698 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25699 `*SQL*'.
25700
25701 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25702 automatic login.
25703
25704 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25705 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25706
25707 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25708 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25709 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25710 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25711
25712 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25713 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25714 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25715 buffer.
25716
25717 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25718 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25719 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25720 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25721 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25722 `default-process-coding-system'.
25723
25724 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25725
25726 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25727
25728 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25729 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25730
25731 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25732 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25733 `*SQL*'.
25734
25735 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25736 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25737 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25738 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25739 parameters.
25740
25741 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25742 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25743 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25744 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25745 an empty password.
25746
25747 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25748 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25749
25750 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25751 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25752 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25753 buffer.
25754
25755 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25756
25757 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25758
25759 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
25760 Run vsql as an inferior process.
25761
25762 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25763
25764 ;;;***
25765 \f
25766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21710 32133 431296
25767 ;;;;;; 173000))
25768 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25769 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25770
25771 ;;;***
25772 \f
25773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25774 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 434296 189000))
25775 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25776
25777 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25778 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25779
25780 \(fn)" t nil)
25781
25782 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25783
25784 ;;;***
25785 \f
25786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21710 32133
25787 ;;;;;; 552296 802000))
25788 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25789
25790 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25791 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25792 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25793 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25794 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25795 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25796 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25797 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25798 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25799 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25800 with any buffer
25801 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25802 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25803 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25804 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25805
25806 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25807
25808 ;;;***
25809 \f
25810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21710 32133 779297
25811 ;;;;;; 983000))
25812 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25813
25814 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25815 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25816 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25817 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25818 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25819 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25820
25821 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25822
25823 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25824
25825 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25826 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25827 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25828 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25829 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25830 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25831 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25832
25833 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25834
25835 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25836 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25837 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25838 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25839 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25840 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25841 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25842
25843 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25844
25845 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25846 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25847 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25848
25849 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25850
25851 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25852 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25853 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25854
25855 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25856
25857 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25858 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25859
25860 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25861
25862 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25863 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25864
25865 \(fn)" t nil)
25866
25867 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25868 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25869
25870 \(fn)" t nil)
25871
25872 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25873 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25874 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25875 by command name.
25876 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25877
25878 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25879
25880 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25881 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25882 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25883 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25884 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25885 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25886
25887 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25888
25889 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25890 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25891 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25892 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25893 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25894
25895 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25896 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25897 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25898 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25899 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25900
25901 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25902 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25903 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25904 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25905
25906 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25907
25908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25909
25910 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25911 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25912 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25913 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25914
25915 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25916
25917 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25918 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25919
25920 \(fn)" t nil)
25921
25922 ;;;***
25923 \f
25924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21710 32133 709297
25925 ;;;;;; 619000))
25926 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25927
25928 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25929 Studlify-case the region.
25930
25931 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25932
25933 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25934 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25935
25936 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25937
25938 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25939 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25940
25941 \(fn)" t nil)
25942
25943 ;;;***
25944 \f
25945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21710 32133
25946 ;;;;;; 756297 863000))
25947 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25948
25949 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
25950
25951 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25952 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25953 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25954 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25955 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25956
25957 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25958 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
25959 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25960 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25961
25962 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25963 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25964 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25965
25966 Nomenclature Subwords
25967 ===========================================================
25968 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25969 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25970 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25971
25972 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
25973 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
25974
25975 \\{subword-mode-map}
25976
25977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25978
25979 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25980 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25981 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25982 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25983 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25984 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25985
25986 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25987
25988 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25989 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25990 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25991 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25992 ARG is omitted or nil.
25993
25994 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25995 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25996 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25997
25998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25999
26000 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26001 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26002 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26003 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26004 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26005
26006 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26007 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26008 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26009 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26010
26011 \\{superword-mode-map}
26012
26013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26014
26015 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26016 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26017 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26018 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26019 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26020 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26021
26022 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26023
26024 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26025 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26026 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26027 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26028 ARG is omitted or nil.
26029
26030 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26031 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26032 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26033
26034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26035
26036 ;;;***
26037 \f
26038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21710 32133
26039 ;;;;;; 608297 94000))
26040 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26041
26042 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26043 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26044 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26045 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26046 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26047 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26048 original message but it does require a few things:
26049
26050 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26051
26052 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26053 reply buffer.
26054
26055 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26056 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26057 original message.
26058
26059 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26060
26061 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26062
26063 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26064 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26065 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26066
26067 \(fn)" nil nil)
26068
26069 ;;;***
26070 \f
26071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21710 32133 781297
26072 ;;;;;; 993000))
26073 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26074
26075 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26076
26077 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26078 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26079 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26080 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26081 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26082 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26083
26084 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26085
26086 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26087 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26088 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26089 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26090 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26091
26092 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26093 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26094 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26095
26096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26097
26098 ;;;***
26099 \f
26100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21710 32133 781297 993000))
26101 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26102
26103 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26104 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26105 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26106 buffer.
26107
26108 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26109 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26110 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26111
26112 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26113
26114 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26115 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26116 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26117 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26118 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26119 buffer.
26120
26121 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26122 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26123 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26124
26125 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26126
26127 ;;;***
26128 \f
26129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21710 32133 803298
26130 ;;;;;; 108000))
26131 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26132
26133 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26134 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26135 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26136
26137 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26138
26139 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26140 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26141
26142 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26143
26144 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26145 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26146
26147 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26148
26149 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26150 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26151
26152 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26153
26154 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26155 Insert an editable text table.
26156 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26157 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26158 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26159 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26160 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26161 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26162 delimiting them.
26163
26164 Examples:
26165
26166 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26167
26168 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26169 location of point.
26170
26171 -!-
26172
26173 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26174 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26175 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26176 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26177 first cell.
26178
26179 +-----+-----+-----+
26180 |-!- | | |
26181 +-----+-----+-----+
26182
26183 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26184
26185 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26186 width, which results as
26187
26188 +--------------+-----+-----+
26189 |-!- | | |
26190 +--------------+-----+-----+
26191
26192 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26193 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26194
26195 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26196 | | |-!- |
26197 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26198
26199 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26200 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26201 width information to `table-insert'.
26202
26203 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26204
26205 instead of
26206
26207 Cell width(s): 5
26208
26209 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26210 work all together.
26211
26212 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26213 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26214
26215 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26216 |-!- | | |
26217 | | | |
26218 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26219
26220 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26221
26222 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26223 |-!- | | |
26224 | | | |
26225 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26226 | | | |
26227 | | | |
26228 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26229
26230 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26231
26232 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26233 | | | |
26234 | | | |
26235 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26236 | | | |
26237 | | | |
26238 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26239 -!-
26240
26241 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26242 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26243 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26244
26245 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26246 | | | |
26247 | | | |
26248 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26249 | | | |
26250 | | | |
26251 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26252 |-!- | | |
26253 | | | |
26254 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26255
26256 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26257 results.
26258
26259 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26260 | | | |
26261 | | | |
26262 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26263 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26264 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26265 | | |expected results.-!- |
26266 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26267 | | | |
26268 | | | |
26269 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26270
26271 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26272
26273 \\{table-cell-map}
26274
26275 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26276
26277 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26278 Insert N table row(s).
26279 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26280 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26281 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26282 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26283
26284 \(fn N)" t nil)
26285
26286 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26287 Insert N table column(s).
26288 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26289 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26290 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26291 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26292
26293 \(fn N)" t nil)
26294
26295 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26296 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26297 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26298
26299 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26300
26301 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26302 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26303 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26304 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26305 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26306 all the table specific features.
26307
26308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26309
26310 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26311
26312
26313 \(fn)" t nil)
26314
26315 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26316 Recognize all tables within region.
26317 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26318 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26319 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26320 specific features.
26321
26322 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26323
26324 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26325
26326
26327 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26328
26329 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26330 Recognize a table at point.
26331 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26332 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26333 the table specific features.
26334
26335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26336
26337 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26338
26339
26340 \(fn)" t nil)
26341
26342 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26343 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26344 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26345 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26346 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26347 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26348 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26349
26350 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26351
26352 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26353
26354
26355 \(fn)" t nil)
26356
26357 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26358 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26359 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26360 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26361 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26362 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26363 specified.
26364
26365 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26366
26367 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26368 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26369 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26370 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26371 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26372 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26373 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26374 table structure.
26375
26376 \(fn N)" t nil)
26377
26378 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26379 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26380 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26381 table's rectangle structure.
26382
26383 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26384
26385 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26386 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26387 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26388 table's rectangle structure.
26389
26390 \(fn N)" t nil)
26391
26392 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26393 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26394 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26395 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26396 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26397
26398 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26399
26400 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26401 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26402 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26403
26404 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26405 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26406 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26407 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26408 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26409 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26410 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26411
26412 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26413 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26414 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26415 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26416 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26417 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26418 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26419
26420 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26421 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26422 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26423 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26424 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26425 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26426 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26427 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26428
26429 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26430
26431 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26432 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26433 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26434 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26435
26436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26437
26438 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26439 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26440 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26441
26442 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26443
26444 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26445 Split current cell vertically.
26446 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26447
26448 \(fn)" t nil)
26449
26450 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26451 Split current cell horizontally.
26452 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26453
26454 \(fn)" t nil)
26455
26456 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26457 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26458 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26459
26460 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26461
26462 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26463 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26464 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26465 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26466
26467 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26468
26469 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26470 Justify cell contents.
26471 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26472 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26473 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26474 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26475
26476 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26477
26478 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26479 Justify cells of a row.
26480 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26481 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26482
26483 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26484
26485 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26486 Justify cells of a column.
26487 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26488 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26489
26490 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26491
26492 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26493 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26494 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26495 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26496 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26497 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26498 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26499 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26500 run-time.
26501
26502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26503
26504 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26505 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26506 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26507 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26508 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26509 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26510 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26511 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26512 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26513 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26514 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26515
26516 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26517
26518 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26519 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26520 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26521 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26522 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26523 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26524 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26525 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26526 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26527 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26528 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26529 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26530 untouched.
26531
26532 References used for this implementation:
26533
26534 HTML:
26535 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26536
26537 LaTeX:
26538 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26539
26540 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26541 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26542 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26543
26544 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26545
26546 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26547 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26548 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26549 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26550 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26551 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26552 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26553 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26554 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26555 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26556 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26557 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26558 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26559 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26560 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26561 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26562 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26563
26564 Example:
26565
26566 (progn
26567 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26568 (table-forward-cell 15)
26569 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26570 (table-forward-cell 16)
26571 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26572 (table-forward-cell 1)
26573 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26574
26575 (progn
26576 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26577 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26578 (table-forward-cell 1)
26579 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26580
26581 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26582
26583 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26584 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26585 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26586 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26587 consists from cells of same height.
26588
26589 \(fn N)" t nil)
26590
26591 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26592 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26593 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26594 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26595 column must consists from cells of same width.
26596
26597 \(fn N)" t nil)
26598
26599 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26600 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26601 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26602 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26603 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26604 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26605 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26606 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26607 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26608 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26609 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26610 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26611 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26612 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26613 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26614
26615
26616 Example 1:
26617
26618 1, 2, 3, 4
26619 5, 6, 7, 8
26620 , 9, 10
26621
26622 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26623 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26624 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26625 specified as 5.
26626
26627 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26628 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26629 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26630 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26631 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26632 | | 9 | 10 | |
26633 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26634
26635 Note:
26636
26637 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26638 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26639 of each row is optional.
26640
26641
26642 Example 2:
26643
26644 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26645 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26646 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26647 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26648 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26649
26650 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26651 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26652
26653 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26654 expression and raw delimiter regular
26655 expression, it parses the specified text
26656 area and extracts cell items from
26657 non-table text and then forms a table out
26658 of them.
26659
26660 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26661 creates a single cell table. The text in
26662 the specified region is placed in that
26663 cell.-*-
26664
26665 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26666 like this.
26667
26668 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26669 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26670 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26671 | |
26672 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26673 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26674 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26675 | area and extracts cell items from |
26676 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26677 | of them. |
26678 | |
26679 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26680 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26681 | the specified region is placed in that |
26682 | cell. |
26683 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26684
26685 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26686 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26687 independently.
26688
26689 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26690 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26691 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26692 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26693 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26694 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26695 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26696 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26697 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26698 | |of them. |
26699 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26700 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26701 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26702 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26703 | |cell. |
26704 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26705
26706 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26707 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26708 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26709
26710 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26711
26712 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26713 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26714 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26715 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26716 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26717
26718 \(fn)" t nil)
26719
26720 ;;;***
26721 \f
26722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21710 32133 781297 993000))
26723 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26724
26725 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26726 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26727
26728 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26729
26730 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26731 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26732
26733 \(fn)" t nil)
26734
26735 ;;;***
26736 \f
26737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21710 32133 782297
26738 ;;;;;; 998000))
26739 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26740
26741 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26742 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26743 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26744 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26745 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26746 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26747 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26748
26749 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26750 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26751 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26752 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26753
26754 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26755 \\{tar-mode-map}
26756
26757 \(fn)" t nil)
26758
26759 ;;;***
26760 \f
26761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21710 32133 757297
26762 ;;;;;; 868000))
26763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26764
26765 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26766 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26767 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26768 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26769 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26770 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26771
26772 Variables controlling indentation style:
26773 `tcl-indent-level'
26774 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26775 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26776 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26777
26778 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26779 documentation for details):
26780 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26781 Controls action of TAB key.
26782 `tcl-auto-newline'
26783 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26784 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26785 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26786 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26787 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26788
26789 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26790 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26791 already exist.
26792
26793 \(fn)" t nil)
26794
26795 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26796 Run inferior Tcl process.
26797 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26798 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26799
26800 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26801
26802 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26803 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26804 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26805
26806 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26807
26808 ;;;***
26809 \f
26810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21710 32133 639297
26811 ;;;;;; 255000))
26812 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26813
26814 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26815 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26816 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26817 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26818
26819 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26820 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26821 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26822 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26823 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26824
26825 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26826
26827 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26828 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26829 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26830 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26831
26832 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26833
26834 ;;;***
26835 \f
26836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21710 32133 783298 4000))
26837 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26838
26839 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26840 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26841 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26842 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26843 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26844 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26845
26846 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26847
26848 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26849 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26850 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26851 commands to use in that buffer.
26852
26853 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26854
26855 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26856
26857 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26858 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26859
26860 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26861
26862 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26863 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26864 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26865 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26866 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26867 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26868 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26869 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26870 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26871 use in that buffer.
26872 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26873
26874 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26875
26876 ;;;***
26877 \f
26878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21710
26879 ;;;;;; 32133 468296 366000))
26880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26881
26882 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26883 Start coverage on function under point.
26884
26885 \(fn)" t nil)
26886
26887 ;;;***
26888 \f
26889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21710 32133 709297
26890 ;;;;;; 619000))
26891 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26892 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26893
26894 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26895 Play the Tetris game.
26896 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26897 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26898 as to form complete rows.
26899
26900 tetris-mode keybindings:
26901 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26902 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26903 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26904 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26905 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26906 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26907 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26908 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26909 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26910
26911 \(fn)" t nil)
26912
26913 ;;;***
26914 \f
26915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21710 32133
26916 ;;;;;; 804298 113000))
26917 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26918
26919 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26920 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26921
26922 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26923
26924 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26925 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26926 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26927 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26928 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26929
26930 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26931
26932 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26933 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26934 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26935 if it matches the first line of the file,
26936 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26937
26938 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26939
26940 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26941 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26942 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26943 if the variable is non-nil.")
26944
26945 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26946
26947 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26948 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26949
26950 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26951
26952 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26953 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26954 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26955 See the documentation of that variable.")
26956
26957 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26958
26959 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26960 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26961 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26962 See the documentation of that variable.")
26963
26964 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26965
26966 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26967 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26968 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26969 See the documentation of that variable.")
26970
26971 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26972
26973 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26974 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26975 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26976 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26977 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26978
26979 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26980
26981 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26982 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26983 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26984 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26985
26986 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26987
26988 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26989 User defined LaTeX block names.
26990 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26991
26992 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26993
26994 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26995 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26996 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26997 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26998
26999 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27000
27001 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27002 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27003 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27004 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27005
27006 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27007
27008 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27009 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27010 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27011 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27012
27013 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27014 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27015 for example,
27016
27017 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27018 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27019
27020 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27021 use.")
27022
27023 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27024
27025 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27026 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27027 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27028 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27029 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27030
27031 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27032
27033 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27034
27035 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27036 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27037 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27038
27039 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27040
27041 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27042 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27043 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27044 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27045 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27046
27047 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27048
27049 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27050 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27051
27052 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27053
27054 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27055 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27056
27057 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27058
27059 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27060 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27061 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27062 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27063 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27064 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27065 says which mode to use.
27066
27067 \(fn)" t nil)
27068
27069 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27070
27071 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27072
27073 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27074
27075 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27076 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27077 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27078 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27079 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27080
27081 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27082 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27083 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27084 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27085 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27086 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27087 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27088
27089 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27090 mismatched $'s or braces.
27091
27092 Special commands:
27093 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27094
27095 Mode variables:
27096 tex-run-command
27097 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27098 tex-directory
27099 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27100 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27101 tex-dvi-print-command
27102 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27103 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27104 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27105 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27106 tex-dvi-view-command
27107 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27108 tex-show-queue-command
27109 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27110 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27111
27112 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27113 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27114 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27115
27116 \(fn)" t nil)
27117
27118 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27119 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27120 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27121 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27122 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27123
27124 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27125 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27126 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27127 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27128 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27129 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27130 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27131
27132 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27133 mismatched $'s or braces.
27134
27135 Special commands:
27136 \\{latex-mode-map}
27137
27138 Mode variables:
27139 latex-run-command
27140 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27141 tex-directory
27142 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27143 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27144 tex-dvi-print-command
27145 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27146 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27147 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27148 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27149 tex-dvi-view-command
27150 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27151 tex-show-queue-command
27152 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27153 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27154
27155 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27156 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27157 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27158
27159 \(fn)" t nil)
27160
27161 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27162 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27163 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27164 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27165 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27166
27167 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27168 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27169 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27170 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27171 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27172 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27173 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27174
27175 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27176 mismatched $'s or braces.
27177
27178 Special commands:
27179 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27180
27181 Mode variables:
27182 slitex-run-command
27183 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27184 tex-directory
27185 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27186 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27187 tex-dvi-print-command
27188 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27189 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27190 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27191 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27192 tex-dvi-view-command
27193 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27194 tex-show-queue-command
27195 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27196 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27197
27198 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27199 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27200 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27201 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27202
27203 \(fn)" t nil)
27204
27205 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27206
27207
27208 \(fn)" nil nil)
27209
27210 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27211 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27212
27213 \(fn)" t nil)
27214
27215 ;;;***
27216 \f
27217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21710 32133
27218 ;;;;;; 805298 118000))
27219 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27220
27221 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27222 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27223 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27224 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27225
27226 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27227 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27228 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27229
27230 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27231
27232 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27233 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27234 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27235 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27236 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27237
27238 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27239
27240 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27241 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27242 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27243 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27244
27245 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27246 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27247 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27248 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27249
27250 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27251 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27252
27253 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27254
27255 ;;;***
27256 \f
27257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21710 32133
27258 ;;;;;; 805298 118000))
27259 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27260
27261 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27262 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27263
27264 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27265
27266 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27267 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27268
27269 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27270
27271 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27272 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27273
27274 It has these extra commands:
27275 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27276
27277 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27278 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27279 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27280 modified version of TeX input format.
27281
27282 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27283 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27284 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27285 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27286
27287 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27288 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27289 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27290 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27291 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27292 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27293 in the Texinfo file.
27294
27295 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27296 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27297 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27298 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27299 move forward past the closing brace.
27300
27301 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27302 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27303
27304 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27305 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27306 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27307
27308 Here are the functions:
27309
27310 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27311 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27312 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27313
27314 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27315 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27316 texinfo-master-menu
27317
27318 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27319
27320 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27321 which menu descriptions are indented.
27322
27323 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27324 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27325 in the region.
27326
27327 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27328 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27329 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27330 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27331
27332 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27333 be the first node in the file.
27334
27335 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27336 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27337
27338 \(fn)" t nil)
27339
27340 ;;;***
27341 \f
27342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21710
27343 ;;;;;; 32133 581296 953000))
27344 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27345
27346 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27347 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27348 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27349 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27350
27351 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27352
27353 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27354 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27355
27356 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27357
27358 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27359 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27360
27361 \(fn)" t nil)
27362
27363 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27364
27365
27366 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27367
27368 ;;;***
27369 \f
27370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21710 32133 806298
27371 ;;;;;; 123000))
27372 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27373
27374 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27375 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27376 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27377 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27378 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27379 `line', and `page'.
27380
27381 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27382
27383 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27384 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27385 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27386 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27387 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27388 `line', and `page'.
27389
27390 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27391 valid THING.
27392
27393 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27394 positions of the thing found.
27395
27396 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27397
27398 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27399 Return the THING at point.
27400 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27401 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27402 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27403 `line', `number', and `page'.
27404
27405 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27406 strip text properties from the return value.
27407
27408 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27409 a symbol as a valid THING.
27410
27411 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27412
27413 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27414 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27415
27416 \(fn)" nil nil)
27417
27418 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27419 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27420
27421 \(fn)" nil nil)
27422
27423 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27424 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27425
27426 \(fn)" nil nil)
27427
27428 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27429 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27430
27431 \(fn)" nil nil)
27432
27433 ;;;***
27434 \f
27435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21710 32133 807298 128000))
27436 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27437
27438 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27439 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27440
27441 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27442
27443 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27444 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27445 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27446 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27447
27448 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27449
27450 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27451 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27452
27453 \(fn)" t nil)
27454
27455 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27456 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27457
27458 \(fn)" t nil)
27459
27460 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27461
27462 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27463 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27464
27465 \(fn)" t nil)
27466
27467 ;;;***
27468 \f
27469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21710
27470 ;;;;;; 32133 583296 964000))
27471 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27472
27473 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27474 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27475 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27476
27477 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27478
27479 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27480 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27481
27482 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27483
27484 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27485 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27486 The returned string has no composition information.
27487
27488 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27489
27490 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27491 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27492
27493 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27494
27495 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27496 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27497
27498 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27499
27500 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27501 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27502 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27503 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27504
27505 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27506
27507 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27508 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27509 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27510 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27511
27512 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27513
27514 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27515 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27516 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27517
27518 \(fn)" t nil)
27519
27520 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27521 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27522 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27523
27524 \(fn)" t nil)
27525
27526 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27527
27528
27529 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27530
27531 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27532
27533
27534 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27535
27536 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27537
27538
27539 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27540
27541 ;;;***
27542 \f
27543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21710 32133
27544 ;;;;;; 806298 123000))
27545 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27546 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27547
27548 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27549 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27550 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27551 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27552 parameters.
27553 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27554 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27555 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27556
27557 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27558
27559 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27560 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27561 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27562 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27563 parameters.
27564 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27565 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27566 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27567
27568 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27569
27570 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27571 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27572
27573 If
27574 * character before point is a space character,
27575 * character before that has “w” character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27576 constituent),
27577 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27578 characters) from before the space character, and
27579 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27580 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27581 return t.
27582
27583 Otherwise, if
27584 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27585 * character before point is a space character, and
27586 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27587 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27588 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27589
27590 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27591
27592 \(fn)" t nil)
27593
27594 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27595 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27596
27597 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27598 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27599 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27600 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27601
27602 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27603 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27604 variable will be set to the representation.
27605
27606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27607
27608 ;;;***
27609 \f
27610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21710 32133 807298 128000))
27611 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27612
27613 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27614 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27615
27616 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27617 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27618
27619 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27620 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27621 This display updates automatically every minute.
27622 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27623 are displayed as well.
27624 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27625
27626 \(fn)" t nil)
27627
27628 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27629 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27630 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27631 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27632 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27633 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27634
27635 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27636
27637 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27638 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27640 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27641 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27642
27643 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27644 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27645 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27646 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27647 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27648
27649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27650
27651 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27652 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27653 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27654 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27655
27656 \(fn)" t nil)
27657
27658 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27659 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27660 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27661 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27662
27663 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27664
27665 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27666 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27667
27668 \(fn)" t nil)
27669
27670 ;;;***
27671 \f
27672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21710
27673 ;;;;;; 32133 405296 38000))
27674 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27675
27676 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27677 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27678 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27679
27680 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27681 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27682 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27683 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27684 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27685 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27686
27687 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27688 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27689
27690 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27691
27692 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27693 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27694
27695 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27696
27697 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27698 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27699 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27700
27701 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27702
27703 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27704 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27705 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27706 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27707
27708 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27709 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27710 DATE should be a date-time string.
27711
27712 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27713
27714 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27715 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27716 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27717
27718 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27719
27720 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27721 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27722
27723 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27724
27725 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27726 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27727
27728 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27729
27730 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27731 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27732 TIME should be a time value.
27733 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27734
27735 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27736
27737 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27738 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27739 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27740
27741 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27742
27743 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27744 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27745 The valid format specifiers are:
27746 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27747 %d is the number of days.
27748 %h is the number of hours.
27749 %m is the number of minutes.
27750 %s is the number of seconds.
27751 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27752 %% is a literal \"%\".
27753
27754 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27755 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27756
27757 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27758 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27759 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27760
27761 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27762 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27763 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27764
27765 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27766
27767 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27768
27769 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27770 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27771
27772 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27773
27774 ;;;***
27775 \f
27776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21710 32133 807298
27777 ;;;;;; 128000))
27778 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27779 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27780 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27781 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27782 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27783 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27784 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27785 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27786 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27787
27788 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27789 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27790 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27791 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27792 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27793 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27794 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27795 look like one of the following:
27796 Time-stamp: <>
27797 Time-stamp: \" \"
27798 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27799 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27800 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27801 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27802 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27803 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27804 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27805 the template.
27806
27807 \(fn)" t nil)
27808
27809 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27810 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27811 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27812
27813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27814
27815 ;;;***
27816 \f
27817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21710
27818 ;;;;;; 32133 406296 44000))
27819 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27820 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27821
27822 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27823 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27824 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27825 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27826 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27827 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27828
27829 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27830
27831 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27832 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27833 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27834 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27835 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27836 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27837 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27838 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27839 display (non-nil means on).
27840
27841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27842
27843 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27844 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27845 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27846 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27847 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27848 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27849 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27850 this function is called within a day.
27851
27852 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27853 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27854 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27855 discover the name of the project.
27856
27857 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27858
27859 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27860 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27861 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27862 begun during the last time segment.
27863
27864 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27865 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27866 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27867 discover the reason.
27868
27869 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27870
27871 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27872 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27873 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27874 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27875 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27876
27877 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27878
27879 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27880 Change to working on a different project.
27881 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27882 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27883 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27884 working on.
27885
27886 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27887
27888 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27889 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27890 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27891
27892 \(fn)" nil nil)
27893
27894 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27895 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27896 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27897
27898 \(fn)" t nil)
27899
27900 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27901 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27902 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27903 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27904 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27905 \"relative to today\".
27906
27907 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27908
27909 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27910 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27911 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27912 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27913
27914 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27915
27916 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27917 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27918 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27919 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27920 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27921 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27922
27923 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27924
27925 ;;;***
27926 \f
27927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27928 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 571296 901000))
27929 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27930
27931 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27932 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27933 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27934 the generated Quail package is saved.
27935
27936 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27937
27938 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27939 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27940 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27941 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27942 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27943 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27944 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27945
27946 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27947
27948 ;;;***
27949 \f
27950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21710 32133 807298 128000))
27951 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27952 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27953 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27954
27955 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27956 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27957 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27958 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27959 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27960
27961 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27962 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27963 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27964
27965 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27966
27967 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27968 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27969 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27970 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27971 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27972
27973 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27974
27975 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27976 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27977 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27978 in the menu in two ways:
27979 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27980 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27981 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27982
27983 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27984 keymap or an alist of alists.
27985 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27986 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27987
27988 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27989
27990 ;;;***
27991 \f
27992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21710
27993 ;;;;;; 32133 407296 49000))
27994 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27995
27996 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27997 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27998
27999 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28000 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28001 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28002 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28003 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28004 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28005 file was last visited.
28006
28007 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28008 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28009 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28010 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28011 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28012 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28013 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28014 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28015 for the first item.
28016
28017 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28018 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28019 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28020 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28021 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28022 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28023 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28024 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28025
28026 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28027 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28028 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28029 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28030 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28031
28032 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28033 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28034
28035 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28036
28037 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28038 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28039
28040 \\{todo-mode-map}
28041
28042 \(fn)" t nil)
28043
28044 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28045 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28046
28047 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28048
28049 \(fn)" t nil)
28050
28051 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28052 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28053
28054 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28055
28056 \(fn)" t nil)
28057
28058 ;;;***
28059 \f
28060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21710 32133 808298
28061 ;;;;;; 133000))
28062 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28063
28064 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28065 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28066 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28067
28068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28069
28070 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28071 Add an item to the tool bar.
28072 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28073 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28074 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28075 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28076
28077 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28078 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28079 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28080 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28081
28082 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28083 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28084
28085 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28086
28087 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28088 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28089 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28090 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28091 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28092 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28093
28094 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28095 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28096 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28097 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28098
28099 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28100
28101 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28102 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28103 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28104 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28105 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28106 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28107 properties to add to the binding.
28108
28109 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28110
28111 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28112 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28113
28114 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28115
28116 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28117 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28118 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28119 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28120 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28121 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28122 properties to add to the binding.
28123
28124 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28125 holds a keymap.
28126
28127 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28128
28129 ;;;***
28130 \f
28131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21710 32133 468296
28132 ;;;;;; 366000))
28133 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28134
28135 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28136 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28137 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28138 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28139 to a tcp server on another machine.
28140
28141 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28142
28143 ;;;***
28144 \f
28145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21710 32133
28146 ;;;;;; 468296 366000))
28147 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28148
28149 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28150 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28151
28152 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28153
28154 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28155 Helper function to get internal values.
28156 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28157
28158 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28159
28160 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28161 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28162 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28163 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28164
28165 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28166 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28167 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28168 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28169 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28170
28171 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28172 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28173 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28174 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28175
28176 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28177
28178 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28179
28180 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28181 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28182 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28183 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28184
28185 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28186
28187 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28188
28189 ;;;***
28190 \f
28191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21710 32133 644297
28192 ;;;;;; 281000))
28193 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28194
28195 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28196 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28197 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28198
28199 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28200
28201 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28202 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28203
28204 It can have the following values:
28205
28206 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28207 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28208
28209 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28210
28211 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28212 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28213 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28214 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28215
28216 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28217
28218 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28219 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28220 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28221 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28222
28223 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28224 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28225 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28226 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28227 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28228 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28229 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28230 files which are not really Tramp files.
28231
28232 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28233 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28234 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28235 updated after changing this variable.
28236
28237 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28238
28239 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28240 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28241 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28242 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28243
28244 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28245
28246 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28247 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28248 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28249 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28250
28251 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28252 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28253 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28254
28255 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28256 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28257 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28258 updated after changing this variable.
28259
28260 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28261
28262 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28263 Alist of completion handler functions.
28264 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28265 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28266 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28267
28268 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28269 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28270 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28271 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28272
28273 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28274 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28275 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28276
28277 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28278 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory (or (symbol-value (quote temporary-file-directory)) "/"))) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28279
28280 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28281 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28282
28283 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28284
28285 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28286
28287
28288 \(fn)" nil nil)
28289
28290 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28291 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28292
28293 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28294
28295 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28296 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28297
28298 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28299
28300 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28301 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28302
28303 \(fn)" t nil)
28304
28305 ;;;***
28306 \f
28307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21710 32133
28308 ;;;;;; 640297 260000))
28309 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28310
28311 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28312
28313
28314 \(fn)" nil nil)
28315
28316 ;;;***
28317 \f
28318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21710 32133 808298
28319 ;;;;;; 133000))
28320 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28321
28322 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28323 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28324 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28325 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28326 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28327 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28328 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28329 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28330
28331 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28332 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28333 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28334
28335 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28336 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28337 resumed later.
28338
28339 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28340
28341 ;;;***
28342 \f
28343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21710 32133
28344 ;;;;;; 583296 964000))
28345 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28346
28347 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28348
28349
28350 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28351
28352 ;;;***
28353 \f
28354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21710
28355 ;;;;;; 32133 806298 123000))
28356 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28357 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28358 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28359 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28360
28361 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28362 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28363 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28364 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28365 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28366 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28367 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28368
28369 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28370
28371 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28372 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28373 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28374 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28375
28376 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28377
28378 \(fn)" t nil)
28379
28380 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28381 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28382 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28383 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28384 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28385 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28386 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28387
28388 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28389 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28390
28391 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28392 \\___/\\
28393 / \\
28394 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28395
28396 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28397
28398 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28399
28400 ;;;***
28401 \f
28402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21710 32133 809298
28403 ;;;;;; 139000))
28404 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28405
28406 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28407 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28408 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28410 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28411 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28412
28413 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28414
28415 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28416 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28417 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28418
28419 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28420 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28421 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28422 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28423 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28424 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28425 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28426
28427 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28428 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28429
28430 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28431 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28432 reset the keystroke counter.
28433
28434 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28435 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28436 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28437 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28438
28439 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28440 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28441 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28442 `type-break-schedule' command.
28443
28444 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28445 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28446 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28447 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28448 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28449 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28450 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28451 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28452 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28453
28454 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28455 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28456 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28457 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28458 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28459
28460 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28461 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28462 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28463 approximate good values for this.
28464
28465 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28466 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28467
28468 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28469 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28470 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28471 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28472 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28473 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28474
28475 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28476 a typing break occur. They include:
28477
28478 `type-break-query-mode'
28479 `type-break-query-function'
28480 `type-break-query-interval'
28481
28482 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28483
28484 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28485 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28486 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28487 problems.
28488
28489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28490
28491 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28492 Take a typing break.
28493
28494 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28495 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28496
28497 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28498 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28499
28500 \(fn)" t nil)
28501
28502 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28503 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28504 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28505 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28506
28507 \(fn)" t nil)
28508
28509 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28510 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28511
28512 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28513 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28514 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28515 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28516 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28517 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28518 average typing speed.)
28519
28520 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28521 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28522 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28523 the computed maximum threshold.
28524
28525 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28526 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28527 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28528 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28529 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28530
28531 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28532
28533 ;;;***
28534 \f
28535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21710 32133 608297 94000))
28536 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28537
28538 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28539 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28540 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28541 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28542 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28543
28544 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28545
28546 ;;;***
28547 \f
28548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28549 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 571296 901000))
28550 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28551
28552 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28553 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28554
28555 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28556
28557 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28558 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28559
28560 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28561
28562 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28563 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28564
28565 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28566
28567 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28568 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28569
28570 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28571
28572 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28573 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28574
28575 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28576
28577 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28578 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28579
28580 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28581
28582 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28583 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28584
28585 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28586
28587 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28588 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28589
28590 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28591
28592 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28593 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28594
28595 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28596
28597 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28598 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28599
28600 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28601
28602 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28603 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28604
28605 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28606
28607 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28608 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28609
28610 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28611
28612 ;;;***
28613 \f
28614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21710
28615 ;;;;;; 32133 806298 123000))
28616 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28617
28618 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28619 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28620 Works by overstriking underscores.
28621 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28622 which specify the range to operate on.
28623
28624 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28625
28626 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28627 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28628 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28629 which specify the range to operate on.
28630
28631 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28632
28633 ;;;***
28634 \f
28635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21710 32133 608297
28636 ;;;;;; 94000))
28637 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28638
28639 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28640 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28641 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28642 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28643 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28644 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28645
28646 \(fn)" nil nil)
28647
28648 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28649 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28650 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28651
28652 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28653
28654 ;;;***
28655 \f
28656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21710 32133
28657 ;;;;;; 468296 366000))
28658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28659
28660 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28661 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28662 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28663 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28664
28665 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28666
28667 ;;;***
28668 \f
28669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21710 32133 814298 165000))
28670 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28671
28672 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28673 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28674 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28675 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28676 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28677
28678 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28679 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28680 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28681 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28682 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28683 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28684
28685 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28686 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28687 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28688
28689 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28690 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28691 the callback is not called).
28692
28693 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28694 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28695 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28696 take effect.
28697
28698 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28699 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28700 the server.
28701 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28702 URL-encoded before it's used.
28703
28704 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28705
28706 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28707 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28708 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28709 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28710 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28711
28712 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28713
28714 ;;;***
28715 \f
28716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21710 32133 810298
28717 ;;;;;; 144000))
28718 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28719
28720 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28721 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28722 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28723
28724 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28725 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28726 `url-generic-parse-url'
28727 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28728 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28729 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28730 realm
28731 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28732 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28733 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28734 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28735 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28736 what type of auth to use
28737 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28738 if one cannot be found in the cache
28739
28740 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28741
28742 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28743 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28744
28745 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28746 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28747 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28748 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28749 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28750 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28751 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28752 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28753
28754 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28755
28756 ;;;***
28757 \f
28758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21710 32133
28759 ;;;;;; 810298 144000))
28760 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28761
28762 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28763 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28764
28765 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28766
28767 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28768 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28769 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28770
28771 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28772
28773 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28774 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28775
28776 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28777
28778 ;;;***
28779 \f
28780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21710 32133 810298
28781 ;;;;;; 144000))
28782 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28783
28784 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28785
28786
28787 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28788
28789 ;;;***
28790 \f
28791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21710 32133 811298
28792 ;;;;;; 149000))
28793 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28794
28795 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28796 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28797 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28798
28799 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28800
28801 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28802 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28803 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28804 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28805
28806 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28807 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28808 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28809 though.
28810
28811 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28812
28813 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28814 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28815 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28816
28817 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28818
28819 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28820
28821
28822 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28823
28824 ;;;***
28825 \f
28826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21710 32133 811298
28827 ;;;;;; 149000))
28828 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28829
28830 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28831 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28832
28833 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28834
28835 ;;;***
28836 \f
28837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21710 32133 811298
28838 ;;;;;; 149000))
28839 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28840
28841 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28842 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28843
28844 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28845
28846 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28847 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28848 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28849 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28850 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28851
28852 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
28853 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
28854
28855 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
28856
28857 ;;;***
28858 \f
28859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21710
28860 ;;;;;; 32133 811298 149000))
28861 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28862
28863 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28864 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28865 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28866 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28867 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28868 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28869
28870 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28871
28872 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28873 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28874 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28875 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28876 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28877
28878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28879
28880 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28881 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28882 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28883 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28884
28885 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28886
28887 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28888 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28889 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28890 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28891 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28892 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28893 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28894 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28895 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28896 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28897
28898 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28899
28900 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28901 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28902 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28903 accessible.
28904
28905 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28906
28907 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28908
28909
28910 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28911
28912 ;;;***
28913 \f
28914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21710 32133 812298
28915 ;;;;;; 154000))
28916 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28917 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28918
28919 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28920 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28921 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28922 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28923 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28924
28925 ;;;***
28926 \f
28927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21710 32133 812298
28928 ;;;;;; 154000))
28929 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28930
28931 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28932
28933
28934 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28935
28936 ;;;***
28937 \f
28938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21710 32133 812298
28939 ;;;;;; 154000))
28940 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28941
28942 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28943 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28944 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28945 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28946 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28947
28948 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28949
28950 ;;;***
28951 \f
28952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21710 32133
28953 ;;;;;; 812298 154000))
28954 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28955
28956 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28957
28958
28959 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28960
28961 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28962 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28963
28964 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28965
28966 ;;;***
28967 \f
28968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21710 32133 813298
28969 ;;;;;; 160000))
28970 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28971
28972 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28973 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28974
28975 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28976
28977 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28978 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28979
28980 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28981
28982 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28983
28984
28985 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28986
28987 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28988
28989 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28990
28991 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28992
28993 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28994 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28995
28996 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28997
28998 ;;;***
28999 \f
29000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21710 32133 813298
29001 ;;;;;; 160000))
29002 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29003
29004 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29005
29006
29007 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29008
29009 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29010
29011
29012 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29013
29014 ;;;***
29015 \f
29016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21710 32133 813298
29017 ;;;;;; 160000))
29018 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29019
29020 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29021
29022
29023 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29024
29025 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29026
29027
29028 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29029
29030 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29031
29032
29033 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29034
29035 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29036
29037
29038 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29039
29040 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29041
29042
29043 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29044
29045 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29046
29047
29048 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29049
29050 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29051
29052
29053 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29054
29055 ;;;***
29056 \f
29057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21710 32133
29058 ;;;;;; 813298 160000))
29059 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29060
29061 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29062 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29063
29064 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29065
29066 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29067 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29068 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29069
29070 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29071 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29072 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29073 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29074 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29075 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29076 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29077 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29078 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29079 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29080 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29081 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29082 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29083 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29084
29085 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29086 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29087 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29088
29089 Here is an example. The URL
29090
29091 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29092
29093 parses to
29094
29095 TYPE = \"foo\"
29096 USER = \"bob\"
29097 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29098 HOST = \"example.com\"
29099 PORTSPEC = 42
29100 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29101 TARGET = \"nose\"
29102 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29103 FULLNESS = t
29104
29105 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29106
29107 ;;;***
29108 \f
29109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21710 32133
29110 ;;;;;; 813298 160000))
29111 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29112
29113 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29114 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29115
29116 \(fn)" t nil)
29117
29118 ;;;***
29119 \f
29120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21710 32133
29121 ;;;;;; 813298 160000))
29122 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29123
29124 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29125 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29126 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29127 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29128 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29129 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29130
29131 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29132
29133 ;;;***
29134 \f
29135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21710 32133
29136 ;;;;;; 813298 160000))
29137 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29138
29139 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29140 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29141 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29142
29143 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29144
29145 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29146 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29147 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29148 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29149
29150 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29151
29152 ;;;***
29153 \f
29154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21710 32133 813298
29155 ;;;;;; 160000))
29156 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29157
29158 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29159 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29160 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29161
29162 If t, all messages will be logged.
29163 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29164 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29165
29166 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29167
29168 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29169
29170
29171 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29172
29173 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29174
29175
29176 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29177
29178 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29179 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29180 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29181 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29182 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29183 & ==> &amp;
29184 < ==> &lt;
29185 > ==> &gt;
29186 \" ==> &quot;
29187
29188 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29189
29190 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29191 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29192 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29193
29194 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29195
29196 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29197 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29198 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29199
29200 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29201
29202 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29203 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29204
29205 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29206
29207 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29208 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29209
29210 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29211
29212 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29213 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29214
29215 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29216
29217 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29218
29219
29220 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29221
29222 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29223
29224
29225 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29226
29227 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29228
29229 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29230 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29231
29232 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29233
29234 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29235 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29236
29237 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29238
29239 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29240
29241
29242 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29243
29244 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29245 Build a query-string.
29246
29247 Given a QUERY in the form:
29248 '((key1 val1)
29249 (key2 val2)
29250 (key3 val1 val2)
29251 (key4)
29252 (key5 \"\"))
29253
29254 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29255
29256 This will return a string
29257 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29258 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29259 be used.
29260
29261 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29262
29263 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29264 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29265
29266 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29267
29268 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29269 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29270 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29271 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29272 forbidden in URL encoding.
29273
29274 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29275
29276 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29277 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29278 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29279 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29280 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29281 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29282
29283 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29284 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29285 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29286 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29287
29288 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29289
29290 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29291 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29292 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29293 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29294 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29295 should return it unchanged.
29296
29297 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29298
29299 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29300 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29301 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29302 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29303
29304 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29305
29306 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29307 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29308 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29309
29310 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29311
29312 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29313 View the current document's URL.
29314 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29315 the minibuffer.
29316
29317 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29318
29319 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29320
29321 ;;;***
29322 \f
29323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21710 32133 814298
29324 ;;;;;; 165000))
29325 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29326
29327 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29328 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29329 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29330 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29331 to refrain from editing the file
29332 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29333 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29334 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29335 in any way you like.
29336
29337 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29338
29339 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29340 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29341 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29342 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29343 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29344
29345 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29346 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29347
29348 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29349
29350 ;;;***
29351 \f
29352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21710 32133
29353 ;;;;;; 571296 901000))
29354 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29355
29356 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29357
29358
29359 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29360
29361 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29362
29363
29364 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29365
29366 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29367
29368
29369 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29370
29371 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29372
29373
29374 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29375
29376 ;;;***
29377 \f
29378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21710 32133 552296 802000))
29379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29380
29381 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29382 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29383
29384 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29385
29386 ;;;***
29387 \f
29388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21710 32133
29389 ;;;;;; 608297 94000))
29390 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29391
29392 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29393 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29394 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29395 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29396
29397 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29398
29399 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29400 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29401 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29402
29403 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29404
29405 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29406 Uudecode region between START and END.
29407 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29408
29409 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29410
29411 ;;;***
29412 \f
29413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21710 32133 828298 237000))
29414 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29415
29416 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29417 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29418 See `run-hooks'.")
29419
29420 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29421
29422 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29423 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29424 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29425
29426 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29427
29428 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29429 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29430 See `run-hooks'.")
29431
29432 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29433
29434 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29435 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29436 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29437 same state. If not, signal an error.
29438
29439 For merging-based version control systems:
29440 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29441 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29442 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29443 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29444 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29445 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29446
29447 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29448 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29449 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29450 the file(s) for editing.
29451 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29452 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29453 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29454 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29455 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29456
29457 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29458
29459 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29460 Register into a version control system.
29461 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29462 Otherwise register the current file.
29463 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29464
29465 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29466 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29467 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29468 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29469 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29470 first backend that could register the file is used.
29471
29472 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29473
29474 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29475 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29476
29477 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29478
29479 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29480 Display diffs between file revisions.
29481 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29482 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29483 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29484
29485 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29486 saving the buffer.
29487
29488 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29489
29490 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29491 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29492 repository history using ediff.
29493
29494 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29495
29496 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29497 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29498 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29499 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29500 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29501
29502 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29503 saving the buffer.
29504
29505 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29506
29507 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29508 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29509 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29510 fileset with the working revision.
29511 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29512 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29513
29514 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29515 saving the buffer.
29516
29517 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29518
29519 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29520 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29521 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29522
29523 \(fn)" nil nil)
29524
29525 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29526 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29527 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29528 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29529
29530 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29531
29532 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29533 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29534 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29535 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29536
29537 \(fn)" t nil)
29538
29539 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29540 Perform a version control merge operation.
29541 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29542 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29543 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29544 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29545
29546 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29547 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29548 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29549 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29550 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29551 changes from the current branch.
29552
29553 \(fn)" t nil)
29554
29555 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29556
29557 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29558 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29559 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29560 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29561 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29562 checked out in that new branch.
29563
29564 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29565
29566 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29567 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29568 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29569 named branch in the directory DIR.
29570 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29571 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29572 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29573 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29574 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29575 allowed and simply skipped).
29576
29577 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29578
29579 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29580 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29581 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29582 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29583 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29584
29585 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29586 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29587
29588 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29589
29590 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29591 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29592 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29593 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29594 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29595
29596 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29597
29598 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29599 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29600 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29601
29602 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29603
29604 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29605 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29606 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29607
29608 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29609
29610 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29611 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29612
29613 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29614
29615 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29616 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29617 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29618 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29619
29620 \(fn)" t nil)
29621
29622 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29623
29624 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29625 Update the current fileset or branch.
29626 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29627 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29628 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29629 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29630
29631 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29632 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29633 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29634 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29635 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29636
29637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29638
29639 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29640
29641 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29642 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29643 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29644 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29645 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29646 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29647 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29648
29649 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29650
29651 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29652 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29653 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29654 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29655 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29656 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29657 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29658 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29659 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29660
29661 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29662
29663 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29664 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29665 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29666 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29667
29668 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29669
29670 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29671 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29672 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29673 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29674
29675 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29676
29677 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29678 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29679 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29680 directory.
29681
29682 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29683
29684 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29685 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29686 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29687
29688 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29689 log entries should be gathered.
29690
29691 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29692
29693 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29694 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29695
29696 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29697
29698 ;;;***
29699 \f
29700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21710 32133
29701 ;;;;;; 823298 212000))
29702 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29703
29704 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29705 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29706
29707 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29708 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29709 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29710 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29711 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29712 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29713
29714 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29715 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29716 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29717 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29718 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29719 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29720 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29721 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29722
29723 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29724
29725 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29726
29727 Customization variables:
29728
29729 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29730 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29731 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29732 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29733 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29734 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29735
29736 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29737
29738 ;;;***
29739 \f
29740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21710 32133 824298
29741 ;;;;;; 217000))
29742 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29743
29744 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29745 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29746
29747 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29748 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29749 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29750 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29751 (progn
29752 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29753 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29754
29755 ;;;***
29756 \f
29757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21710 32133 824298
29758 ;;;;;; 217000))
29759 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29760 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29761 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29762 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29763 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29764 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29765 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29766
29767 ;;;***
29768 \f
29769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21710 32133 825298
29770 ;;;;;; 222000))
29771 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29772
29773 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29774 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29775 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29776 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29777 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29778
29779 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29780 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29781 The file lines appear later.
29782
29783 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29784 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29785
29786 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29787
29788 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29789
29790 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29791
29792 ;;;***
29793 \f
29794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21710
29795 ;;;;;; 32133 825298 222000))
29796 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29797
29798 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29799 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29800 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29801 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29802 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29803 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29804 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29805 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29806 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29807 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29808 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29809 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29810 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29811 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29812 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29813
29814 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29815
29816 ;;;***
29817 \f
29818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21710 32133 825298
29819 ;;;;;; 222000))
29820 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29821 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29822 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29823 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29824 (progn
29825 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29826 (vc-git-registered file))))
29827
29828 ;;;***
29829 \f
29830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21710 32133 826298 227000))
29831 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29832 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29833 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29834 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29835 (progn
29836 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29837 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29838
29839 ;;;***
29840 \f
29841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21710 32133 826298
29842 ;;;;;; 227000))
29843 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29844
29845 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29846 Name of the monotone directory.")
29847
29848 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29849 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29850 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29851 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29852 (progn
29853 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29854 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29855
29856 ;;;***
29857 \f
29858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21710 32133 827298
29859 ;;;;;; 232000))
29860 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29861
29862 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29863 Where to look for RCS master files.
29864 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29865
29866 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29867
29868 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29869
29870 ;;;***
29871 \f
29872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21710 32133 827298
29873 ;;;;;; 232000))
29874 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29875
29876 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29877 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29878 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29879
29880 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29881
29882 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29883
29884 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29885 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29886 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29887 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29888
29889 ;;;***
29890 \f
29891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (21710 32133 827298
29892 ;;;;;; 232000))
29893 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
29894
29895 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
29896 Where to look for SRC master files.
29897 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29898
29899 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
29900
29901 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
29902
29903 ;;;***
29904 \f
29905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21710 32133 827298
29906 ;;;;;; 232000))
29907 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29908 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29909 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29910 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29911 "_svn")
29912 (t ".svn"))))
29913 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29914 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29915 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29916
29917 ;;;***
29918 \f
29919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21710
29920 ;;;;;; 32133 757297 868000))
29921 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29922 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29923 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29924
29925 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29926 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29927
29928 Usage:
29929 ------
29930
29931 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29932 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29933 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29934 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29935
29936 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29937 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29938 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29939 completions.
29940
29941 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29942 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29943
29944 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29945 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29946
29947 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29948 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29949 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29950
29951 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29952
29953
29954 Maintenance:
29955 ------------
29956
29957 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29958 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29959
29960 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29961
29962 Official distribution is at
29963 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29964
29965
29966 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29967 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29968
29969 Key bindings:
29970 -------------
29971
29972 \\{vera-mode-map}
29973
29974 \(fn)" t nil)
29975
29976 ;;;***
29977 \f
29978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29979 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 761297 889000))
29980 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29981
29982 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29983 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29984 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29985 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29986 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29987
29988 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29989
29990 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29991 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29992
29993 Supports highlighting.
29994
29995 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29996 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29997
29998 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29999
30000 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30001 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30002 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30003 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30004 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30005 on the left side of your screen.
30006 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30007 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30008 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30009 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30010 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30011 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30012 function keyword.
30013 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30014 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30015 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30016 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30017 if (a)
30018 begin
30019 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30020 Indentation for case statements.
30021 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30022 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30023 mark after an end.
30024 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30025 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30026 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30027 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30028 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30029 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30030 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30031 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30032 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30033 if (a)
30034 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30035 otherwise you get:
30036 if (a)
30037 begin
30038 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30039 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30040 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30041 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30042 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30043 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30044 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30045 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30046 comments in tight quarters.
30047 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30048 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30049
30050 Variables controlling other actions:
30051
30052 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30053 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30054 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30055
30056 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30057
30058 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30059
30060 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30061 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30062 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30063
30064 Some other functions are:
30065
30066 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30067 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30068 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30069 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30070 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30071
30072 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30073 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30074 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30075 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30076
30077 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30078 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30079 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30080 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30081 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30082 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30083 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30084 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30085 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30086 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30087 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30088 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30089 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30090 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30091 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30092 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30093 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30094 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30095 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30096 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30097 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30098 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30099 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30100 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30101 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30102 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30103 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30104 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30105 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30106 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30107 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30108
30109 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30110 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30111
30112 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30113
30114 \(fn)" t nil)
30115
30116 ;;;***
30117 \f
30118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21710
30119 ;;;;;; 32133 765297 910000))
30120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30121
30122 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30123 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30124
30125 Usage:
30126 ------
30127
30128 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30129 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30130 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30131 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30132 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30133 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30134 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30135 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30136 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30137
30138 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30139 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30140 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30141 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30142
30143 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30144 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30145 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30146 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30147 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30148
30149 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30150 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30151
30152
30153 HEADER INSERTION:
30154 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30155 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30156 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30157
30158
30159 STUTTERING:
30160 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30161 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30162 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30163 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30164
30165 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30166 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30167 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30168 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30169 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30170
30171
30172 WORD COMPLETION:
30173 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30174 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30175 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30176 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30177
30178 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30179 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30180 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30181 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30182 beginning with \"std\").
30183
30184 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30185 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30186 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30187 stop.
30188
30189
30190 COMMENTS:
30191 `--' puts a single comment.
30192 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30193 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30194 with a comment in between.
30195 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30196 out following lines.
30197 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30198 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30199 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30200 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30201
30202 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30203 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30204 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30205 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30206 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30207 non-nil.
30208
30209 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30210 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30211 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30212 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30213 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30214 multi-line comments.
30215
30216
30217 INDENTATION:
30218 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30219 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30220 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30221 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30222 the entire region.
30223
30224 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30225 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30226 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30227 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30228
30229 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30230 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30231 and vice versa.
30232
30233 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30234 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30235
30236 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30237 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30238 line.
30239
30240
30241 ALIGNMENT:
30242 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30243 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30244 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30245 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30246 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30247 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30248 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30249 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30250
30251 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30252 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30253 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30254 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30255 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30256 is non-nil.
30257
30258 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30259 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30260 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30261
30262 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30263 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30264
30265
30266 CODE FILLING:
30267 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30268 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30269 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30270 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30271 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30272 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30273
30274
30275 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30276 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30277 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30278 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30279 command:
30280
30281 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30282
30283
30284 PORT TRANSLATION:
30285 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30286 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30287 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30288 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30289 internal signal initializations (menu).
30290
30291 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30292 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30293 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30294
30295 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30296 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30297 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30298 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30299 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30300 in subsequent paste operations.)
30301
30302 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30303 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30304 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30305
30306
30307 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30308 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30309 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30310 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30311 association list with formals).
30312
30313
30314 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30315 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30316 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30317 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30318 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30319 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30320 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30321 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30322 `vhdl-testbench'.
30323
30324
30325 KEY BINDINGS:
30326 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30327
30328
30329 VHDL MENU:
30330 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30331
30332
30333 FILE BROWSER:
30334 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30335 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30336 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30337
30338 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30339 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30340
30341
30342 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30343 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30344 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30345 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30346
30347 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30348 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30349 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30350
30351 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30352 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30353 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30354 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30355
30356 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30357 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30358 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30359 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30360 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30361
30362 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30363 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30364 required by secondary units.
30365
30366
30367 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30368 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30369 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30370 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30371 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30372 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30373 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30374 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30375 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30376 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30377 inputs to this component -> input port created
30378 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30379 outputs from this component -> output port created
30380 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30381 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30382
30383 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30384 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30385 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30386 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30387 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30388
30389 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30390 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30391
30392 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30393 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30394 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30395 component instantiation is also supported (option
30396 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30397
30398 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30399 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30400 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30401 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30402 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30403 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30404 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30405 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30406 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30407 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30408 generating the configuration.
30409
30410 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30411 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30412 configurations in speedbar.
30413
30414 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30415
30416
30417 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30418 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30419 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30420 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30421 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30422 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30423 information. New compilers can be added.
30424
30425 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30426 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30427
30428
30429 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30430 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30431 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30432 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30433 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30434
30435 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30436 command:
30437
30438 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30439 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30440 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30441
30442 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30443 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30444 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30445 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30446 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30447 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30448 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30449 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30450 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30451
30452 Limitations:
30453 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30454 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30455 not (yet) supported.
30456 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30457 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30458 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30459
30460
30461 PROJECTS:
30462 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30463 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30464 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30465 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30466 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30467 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30468 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30469 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30470
30471 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30472 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30473 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30474 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30475 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30476 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30477 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30478 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30479 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30480 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30481 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30482
30483
30484 SPECIAL MENUES:
30485 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30486 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30487 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30488 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30489 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30490 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30491 current directory for VHDL source files.
30492
30493
30494 VHDL STANDARDS:
30495 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30496 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30497
30498
30499 KEYWORD CASE:
30500 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30501 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30502 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30503 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30504 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30505 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30506 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30507 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30508
30509
30510 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30511 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30512 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30513 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30514 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30515 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30516 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30517
30518 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30519 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30520 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30521 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30522 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30523 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30524
30525 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30526 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30527 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30528 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30529 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30530 visually.
30531
30532 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30533 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30534 highlighted if written in lower case.
30535
30536 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30537 highlighted using a different background color if option
30538 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30539
30540 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30541 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30542 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30543 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30544 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30545
30546
30547 USER MODELS:
30548 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30549 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30550 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30551
30552
30553 HIDE/SHOW:
30554 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30555 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30556 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30557 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30558 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30559
30560
30561 CODE UPDATING:
30562 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30563 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30564 Limitations:
30565 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30566 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30567 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30568 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30569 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30570 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30571 (used to obtain the port names).
30572 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30573 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30574 sensitivity lists.
30575
30576
30577 CODE FIXING:
30578 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30579 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30580
30581
30582 PRINTING:
30583 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30584 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30585 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30586 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30587 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30588 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30589 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30590 printers.
30591
30592
30593 OPTIONS:
30594 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30595 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30596 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30597 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30598 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30599
30600 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30601 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30602 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30603 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30604 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30605 INSTALL file).
30606
30607 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30608 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30609
30610
30611 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30612 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30613 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30614 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30615
30616 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30617
30618
30619 HINTS:
30620 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30621 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30622
30623 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30624
30625 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30626
30627 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30628
30629
30630 RELEASE NOTES:
30631 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30632
30633
30634 Maintenance:
30635 ------------
30636
30637 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30638 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30639
30640 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30641
30642 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30643 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30644 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30645 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30646
30647 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30648 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30649 where the latest version can be found.
30650
30651
30652 Known problems:
30653 ---------------
30654
30655 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30656 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30657 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30658 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30659
30660
30661 The VHDL Mode Authors
30662 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30663
30664 Key bindings:
30665 -------------
30666
30667 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30668
30669 \(fn)" t nil)
30670
30671 ;;;***
30672 \f
30673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21710
30674 ;;;;;; 32133 583296 964000))
30675 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30676
30677 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30678 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30679
30680 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30681
30682 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30683 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30684 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30685 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30686
30687 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30688
30689 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30690 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30691
30692 \(fn)" t nil)
30693
30694 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30695 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30696 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30697 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30698
30699 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30700
30701 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30702 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30703
30704 \(fn)" t nil)
30705
30706 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30707
30708
30709 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30710
30711 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30712
30713
30714 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30715
30716 ;;;***
30717 \f
30718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21710 32133 829298 243000))
30719 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30720
30721 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30722 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30723 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30724
30725 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30726
30727 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30728 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30729 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30730 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30731
30732 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30733
30734 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30735 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30736
30737 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30738
30739 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30740 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30741 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30742 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30743 moving around in the buffer.
30744 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30745 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30746
30747 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30748
30749 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30750
30751 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30752 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30753 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30754 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30755
30756 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30757 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30758 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30759 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30760 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30761
30762 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30763
30764 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30765
30766 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30767 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30768 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30769 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30770 buffer.
30771
30772 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30773 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30774 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30775 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30776 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30777
30778 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30779
30780 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30781
30782 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30783 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30784 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30785 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30786 moving around in the buffer.
30787 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30788 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30789
30790 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30791
30792 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30793 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30794 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30795
30796 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30797 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30798 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30799 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30800
30801 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30802 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30803 own View-like bindings.
30804
30805 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30806
30807 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30808 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30809 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30810 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30811 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30812 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30813 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30814
30815 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30816
30817 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30818
30819 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30820 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30821 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30822
30823 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30824 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30825 own View-like bindings.
30826
30827 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30828
30829 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30830 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30831 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30832 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30833 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30834 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30835 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30836
30837 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30838
30839 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30840
30841 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30842 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30843 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30844
30845 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30846 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30847 own View-like bindings.
30848
30849 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30850
30851 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30852 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30853 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30854 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30855 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30856
30857 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30858 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30859 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30860 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30861
30862 \\<view-mode-map>
30863
30864 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30865 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30866 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30867 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30868 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30869 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30870 to a repeat count of one.
30871
30872 H, h, ? This message.
30873 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30874 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30875 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30876 > move to the end of buffer.
30877 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30878 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30879 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30880 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30881 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30882 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30883 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30884 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30885 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30886 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30887 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30888 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30889 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30890 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30891 Use this to view a changing file.
30892 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30893 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30894 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30895 . set the mark.
30896 x exchanges point and mark.
30897 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30898 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30899 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30900 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30901 ' go to position saved in character register.
30902 s do forward incremental search.
30903 r do reverse incremental search.
30904 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30905 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30906 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30907 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30908 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30909 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30910 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30911 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30912 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30913 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30914 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30915 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30916 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30917 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30918 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30919 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30920 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30921
30922 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30923 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30924 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30925 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30926 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30927 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30928 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30929 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30930 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30931
30932 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30933
30934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30935
30936 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30937 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30938 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30939 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30940 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30941 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30942 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30943 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30944 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30945
30946 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30947
30948 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30949
30950 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30951 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30952 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30953 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30954 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30955 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30956
30957 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30958 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30959 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30960
30961 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30962
30963 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30964
30965 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30966
30967 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30968 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30969
30970 \(fn)" t nil)
30971
30972 ;;;***
30973 \f
30974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21710 32133 475296
30975 ;;;;;; 402000))
30976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30977 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30978
30979 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30980 Toggle Viper on/off.
30981 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30982
30983 \(fn)" t nil)
30984
30985 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30986 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30987
30988 \(fn)" t nil)
30989
30990 ;;;***
30991 \f
30992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21710
30993 ;;;;;; 32133 468296 366000))
30994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30995
30996 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30997 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30998 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30999 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31000 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31001 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31002 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31003 the beginning of the warning.")
31004
31005 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31006 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31007 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31008 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31009 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31010 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31011 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31012 also call that function before the next warning.")
31013
31014 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31015 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31016
31017 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31018 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31019 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31020 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31021
31022 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31023 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31024 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31025 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31026 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31027 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31028
31029 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31030 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31031 Default is :warning.
31032
31033 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31034 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31035 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31036 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31037 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31038 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31039
31040 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31041 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31042 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31043
31044 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31045
31046 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31047 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31048
31049 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31050
31051 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31052 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31053 \\<special-mode-map>
31054 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31055 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31056
31057 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31058 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31059 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31060 can be whatever you like.)
31061
31062 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31063 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31064
31065 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31066 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31067 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31068 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31069 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31070
31071 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31072
31073 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31074 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31075 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31076 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31077 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31078
31079 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31080
31081 ;;;***
31082 \f
31083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21710 32133 830298 248000))
31084 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31085 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31086
31087 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31088 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31089 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31090 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31091 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31092 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31093 directories to reflect your edits.
31094
31095 See `wdired-mode'.
31096
31097 \(fn)" t nil)
31098
31099 ;;;***
31100 \f
31101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21710 32133 644297
31102 ;;;;;; 281000))
31103 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31104
31105 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31106 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31107
31108 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31109 hotlist.
31110
31111 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31112 <nwv@acm.org>.
31113
31114 \(fn)" t nil)
31115
31116 ;;;***
31117 \f
31118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21710
31119 ;;;;;; 32133 765297 910000))
31120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31121 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31122 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31123
31124 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31125
31126 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31127 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31128 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31130 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31131 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31132
31133 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31134
31135 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31136 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31137 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31138 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31139 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31140
31141 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31142 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31143 in certain major modes.
31144
31145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31146
31147 ;;;***
31148 \f
31149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21710 32133 830298
31150 ;;;;;; 248000))
31151 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31152 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31153
31154 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31155 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31156 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31157 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31158 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31159
31160 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31161 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31162
31163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31164
31165 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31166 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31167 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31168 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31169 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31170
31171 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31172 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31173 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31174 use `whitespace-mode'.
31175
31176 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31177
31178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31179
31180 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31181 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31182 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31183 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31184 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31185 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31186
31187 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31188
31189 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31190 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31191 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31192 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31193 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31194
31195 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31196 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31197
31198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31199
31200 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31201 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31202 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31204 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31205 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31206
31207 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31208
31209 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31210 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31211 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31212 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31213 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31214
31215 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31216 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31217 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31218 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31219
31220 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31221
31222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31223
31224 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31225 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31226
31227 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31228 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31229
31230 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31231 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31232
31233 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31234
31235 CHAR MEANING
31236 (VIA FACES)
31237 f toggle face visualization
31238 t toggle TAB visualization
31239 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31240 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31241 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31242 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31243 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31244 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31245 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31246 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31247 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31248 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31249 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31250 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31251 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31252 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31253 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31254 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31255
31256 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31257 T toggle TAB visualization
31258 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31259 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31260
31261 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31262 ? display brief help
31263
31264 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31265 The valid symbols are:
31266
31267 face toggle face visualization
31268 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31269 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31270 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31271 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31272 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31273 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31274 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31275 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31276 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31277 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31278 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31279 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31280 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31281 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31282 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31283 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31284 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31285
31286 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31287 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31288 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31289
31290 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31291
31292 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31293
31294 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31295
31296 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31297 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31298
31299 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31300 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31301
31302 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31303 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31304
31305 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31306
31307 CHAR MEANING
31308 (VIA FACES)
31309 f toggle face visualization
31310 t toggle TAB visualization
31311 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31312 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31313 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31314 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31315 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31316 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31317 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31318 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31319 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31320 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31321 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31322 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31323 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31324 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31325 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31326 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31327
31328 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31329 T toggle TAB visualization
31330 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31331 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31332
31333 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31334 ? display brief help
31335
31336 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31337 The valid symbols are:
31338
31339 face toggle face visualization
31340 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31341 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31342 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31343 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31344 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31345 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31346 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31347 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31348 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31349 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31350 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31351 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31352 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31353 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31354 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31355 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31356 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31357
31358 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31359 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31360 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31361
31362 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31363
31364 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31365
31366 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31367
31368 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31369 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31370
31371 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31372 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31373 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31374 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31375 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31376
31377 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31378
31379 The problems cleaned up are:
31380
31381 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31382 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31383 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31384 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31385
31386 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31387 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31388 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31389 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31390 SPACEs.
31391 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31392 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31393 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31394 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31395
31396 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31397 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31398 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31399 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31400 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31401 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31402 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31403 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31404
31405 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31406 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31407 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31408
31409 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31410 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31411 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31412 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31413 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31414 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31415 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31416 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31417
31418 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31419 documentation.
31420
31421 \(fn)" t nil)
31422
31423 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31424 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31425
31426 The problems cleaned up are:
31427
31428 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31429 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31430 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31431 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31432 SPACEs.
31433 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31434 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31435 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31436 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31437
31438 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31439 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31440 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31441 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31442 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31443 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31444 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31445 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31446
31447 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31448 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31449 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31450
31451 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31452 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31453 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31454 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31455 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31456 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31457 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31458 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31459
31460 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31461 documentation.
31462
31463 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31464
31465 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31466 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31467
31468 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31469
31470 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31471
31472 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31473 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31474
31475 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31476 non-nil.
31477
31478 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31479 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31480 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31481
31482 empty
31483 trailing
31484 indentation
31485 space-before-tab
31486 space-after-tab
31487
31488 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31489 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31490 report problems.
31491
31492 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31493
31494 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31495 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31496 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31497 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31498 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31499 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31500 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31501
31502 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31503 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31504 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31505 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31506 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31507 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31508 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31509
31510 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31511 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31512 cleaning up these problems.
31513
31514 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31515
31516 ;;;***
31517 \f
31518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21710 32133 830298
31519 ;;;;;; 248000))
31520 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31521
31522 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31523 Browse the widget under point.
31524
31525 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31526
31527 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31528 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31529
31530 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31531
31532 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31533 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31534
31535 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31536
31537 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31538 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31539 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31540 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31541 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31542
31543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31544
31545 ;;;***
31546 \f
31547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21710 32133 831298
31548 ;;;;;; 253000))
31549 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31550
31551 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31552 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31553
31554 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31555
31556 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31557 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31558 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31559
31560 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31561
31562 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31563 Create widget of TYPE.
31564 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31565
31566 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31567
31568 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31569 Delete WIDGET.
31570
31571 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31572
31573 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31574 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31575
31576 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31577
31578 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31579 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31580 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31581 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31582
31583 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31584 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31585
31586 \(fn)" nil nil)
31587
31588 ;;;***
31589 \f
31590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21710 32133 832298
31591 ;;;;;; 258000))
31592 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31593
31594 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31595 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31596 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31597 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31598 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31599 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31600 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31601
31602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31603
31604 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31605 Select the window above the current one.
31606 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31607 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31608 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31609 negative ARG) of the current window.
31610 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31611
31612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31613
31614 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31615 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31616 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31617 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31618 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31619 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31620 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31621
31622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31623
31624 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31625 Select the window below the current one.
31626 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31627 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31628 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31629 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31630 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31631
31632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31633
31634 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31635 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31636 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31637 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31638
31639 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31640
31641 ;;;***
31642 \f
31643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21710 32133 834298 269000))
31644 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31645
31646 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31647 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31648 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31651 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31652
31653 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31654
31655 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31656 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31657 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31658 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31659 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31660 \\{winner-mode-map}
31661
31662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31663
31664 ;;;***
31665 \f
31666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21710 32133 835298 274000))
31667 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31668 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31669
31670 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31671 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31672 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31673 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31674 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31675
31676 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31677
31678 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31679 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31680 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31681 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31682 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31683 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31684 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31685 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31686
31687 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31688 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31689
31690 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31691
31692 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31693 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31694
31695 \(fn)" t nil)
31696
31697 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31698 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31699 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31700 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31701 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31702 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31703 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31704 `woman' command for further details.
31705
31706 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31707
31708 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31709 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31710
31711 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31712
31713 ;;;***
31714 \f
31715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21710 32133 836298 279000))
31716 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31717
31718 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31719 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31720 Return the top node with all its children.
31721 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31722
31723 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31724 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31725 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31726
31727 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31728
31729 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31730 namespace to URIs instead.
31731
31732 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31733 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31734
31735 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31736
31737 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31738
31739 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31740
31741 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31742 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31743 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31744 not contain well-formed XML.
31745
31746 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31747 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31748 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31749 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31750 element of the list.
31751 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31752 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31753 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31754
31755 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31756
31757 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31758 namespace to URIs instead.
31759
31760 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31761 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31762
31763 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31764
31765 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31766
31767 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31768
31769 ;;;***
31770 \f
31771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21710 32133 649297
31772 ;;;;;; 307000))
31773 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31774
31775 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31776 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31777 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31778 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31779 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31780 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31781 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31782 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31783 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31784 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31785
31786 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31787
31788 ;;;***
31789 \f
31790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21710 32133 765297
31791 ;;;;;; 910000))
31792 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
31793
31794 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
31795 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
31796
31797 \(fn)" t nil)
31798
31799 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
31800 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
31801
31802 \(fn)" nil nil)
31803
31804 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
31805 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
31806 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
31807 prompt for it.
31808
31809 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31810
31811 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
31812 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
31813
31814 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31815
31816 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
31817 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
31818
31819 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31820
31821 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
31822 Find references to the identifier at point.
31823 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
31824
31825 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31826
31827 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
31828 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
31829 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
31830
31831 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
31832 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
31833 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
31834 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
31835 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
31836 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
31837
31838 ;;;***
31839 \f
31840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21710 32133 836298
31841 ;;;;;; 279000))
31842 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31843
31844 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31845 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31846 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31847 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31848 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31849 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31850
31851 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31852
31853 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31854 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31855 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31856 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31857 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31858
31859 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31860 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31861 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31862 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31863 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31864 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31865
31866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31867
31868 ;;;***
31869 \f
31870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21710 32133 552296 802000))
31871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31872
31873 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31874 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31875
31876 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31877
31878 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31879 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31880
31881 \(fn)" nil nil)
31882
31883 ;;;***
31884 \f
31885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21710 32133 709297 619000))
31886 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31887
31888 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31889 Zone out, completely.
31890
31891 \(fn)" t nil)
31892
31893 ;;;***
31894 \f
31895 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21710 33148 175417
32114 ;;;;;; 782000))
32115
32116 ;;;***
32117 \f
32118 (provide 'loaddefs)
32119 ;; Local Variables:
32120 ;; version-control: never
32121 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32122 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32123 ;; coding: utf-8
32124 ;; End:
32125 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here